WO2024067346A1 - Information transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium - Google Patents

Information transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024067346A1
WO2024067346A1 PCT/CN2023/120376 CN2023120376W WO2024067346A1 WO 2024067346 A1 WO2024067346 A1 WO 2024067346A1 CN 2023120376 W CN2023120376 W CN 2023120376W WO 2024067346 A1 WO2024067346 A1 WO 2024067346A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
codebook
channel
precoding
indication
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/120376
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
黄秋萍
付一阳
高秋彬
Original Assignee
大唐移动通信设备有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 filed Critical 大唐移动通信设备有限公司
Publication of WO2024067346A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024067346A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/0413MIMO systems
    • H04B7/0456Selection of precoding matrices or codebooks, e.g. using matrices antenna weighting
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0619Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal using feedback from receiving side
    • H04B7/0636Feedback format
    • H04B7/0639Using selective indices, e.g. of a codebook, e.g. pre-distortion matrix index [PMI] or for beam selection
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to an information transmission method, device and storage medium.
  • the New Radio (NR) system supports codebook-based Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) transmission.
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • For codebook-based PUSCH transmission when the number of antenna ports corresponding to the codebook is N, a precoding matrix is indicated from a codebook with N antenna ports.
  • UE terminal/user equipment
  • the UE needs to pre-store a lot of precoding matrix indication tables, determine the precoding matrix indication table according to the configuration parameters of the base station, and then determine the precoding matrix based on the precoding matrix indication table and the precoding matrix indication information sent by the base station. This solution increases the storage overhead of the UE and the complexity of determining the precoding matrix.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure provide an information transmission method, device and storage medium to solve the technical problems of large storage overhead of UE and high complexity of determining precoding matrix in the prior art.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information transmission method, which is applied to a terminal, including:
  • the first scheduling information includes first information, determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information; the first information is information indicating the codebook;
  • the first channel is sent based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  • the method further includes: acquiring second information, and determining the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel;
  • the number of antenna ports is greater than or equal to a first preset value, it is determined based on the second information that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
  • the second information is codebook subset information.
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the first information is determined.
  • the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook
  • the first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
  • the first information when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
  • Sending the first channel based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel includes:
  • the first channel is transmitted based on the precoding matrix.
  • the first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter
  • the first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter
  • the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
  • the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information
  • the generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding
  • the coding indication information indicates one transmission layer number or multiple transmission layer numbers
  • the precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors
  • the number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the state of the first information is the third state or the value of the first information is the third value, determining that the first scheduling information also includes a layer number indication bit;
  • the state of the first information is the fourth state or the value of the first information is the fourth value, determining that the first scheduling information does not include a layer number indication bit;
  • the first scheduling information includes a layer number indication bit
  • the layer number indication bit is used to indicate the number of transmission layers.
  • the method further comprises:
  • Acquire codebook configuration information sent by a network device the codebook configuration information is used to determine a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
  • Determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information includes:
  • a codebook corresponding to the first channel is determined based on the codebook configuration information.
  • the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
  • the method further comprises:
  • the codebook corresponding to the first channel is a predefined codebook.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information transmission method, which is applied to a network device, including:
  • the first scheduling information includes first information
  • the first scheduling information is sent to a terminal; and a codebook corresponding to the first channel corresponds to the first information.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the second information is used to indicate that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
  • the second information is codebook subset information.
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
  • the method further comprises:
  • a bit width of the first information is determined, wherein the bit width of the first information is associated with the second information.
  • the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook
  • the first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
  • the first information when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
  • the first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
  • the first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter
  • the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
  • the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information
  • the generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding
  • the coding indication information indicates one transmission layer number or multiple transmission layer numbers
  • the precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors
  • the number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the codebook configuration information is used to determine a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  • the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a terminal, including a memory, a transceiver, and a processor;
  • a memory for storing a computer program; a transceiver for transmitting and receiving data under the control of the processor; and a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
  • the first scheduling information includes the first information
  • determining based on the first information determining a codebook corresponding to a first channel; wherein the first information is information indicating the codebook;
  • the first channel is sent based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  • the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • the number of antenna ports is greater than or equal to a first preset value, it is determined based on the second information that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
  • the second information is codebook subset information.
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
  • the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • the first information is determined.
  • the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook
  • the first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
  • the first information when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
  • Sending the first channel based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel includes:
  • the first channel is transmitted based on the precoding matrix.
  • the first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter
  • the first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter
  • the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
  • the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information
  • the generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
  • the precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors
  • the number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
  • the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • the state of the first information is the third state or the value of the first information is the third value, determining that the first scheduling information also includes a layer number indication bit;
  • the state of the first information is the fourth state or the value of the first information is the fourth value, determining that the first scheduling information does not include a layer number indication bit;
  • the first scheduling information includes a layer number indication bit
  • the layer number indication bit is used to indicate the number of transmission layers.
  • the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • Acquire codebook configuration information sent by a network device the codebook configuration information is used to determine a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
  • Determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information includes:
  • a codebook corresponding to the first channel is determined based on the codebook configuration information.
  • the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
  • the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • the codebook corresponding to the first channel is a predefined codebook.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a network device, including a memory, a transceiver, and a processor;
  • a memory for storing a computer program; a transceiver for transmitting and receiving data under the control of the processor; and a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
  • the first scheduling information includes first information
  • the first scheduling information is sent to a terminal; and a codebook corresponding to the first channel corresponds to the first information.
  • the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • the second information is used to indicate that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
  • the second information is codebook subset information.
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
  • the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • a bit width of the first information is determined, wherein the bit width of the first information is associated with the second information.
  • the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook
  • the first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
  • the first information when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
  • the first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
  • the first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter
  • the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
  • the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information
  • the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is generated in a manner similar to the first information. association.
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
  • the precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors
  • the number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
  • the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • the codebook configuration information is used to determine a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  • the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
  • an information transmission device including:
  • a first determining module is configured to, when the first scheduling information includes the first information, Determine a codebook corresponding to a first channel based on the first information; the first information is information indicating a codebook;
  • the first sending module is configured to send the first channel based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  • it further includes a first acquisition module and a third determination module
  • the first acquisition module is used to acquire second information and determine the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel
  • the third determination module is used to determine, based on the second information, that the first scheduling information includes the first information when the number of antenna ports is greater than or equal to a first preset value.
  • the second information is codebook subset information.
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
  • a fourth determination module and a fifth determination module are further included;
  • the fourth determination module is used to determine the bit width of the first information in the first scheduling information based on the second information
  • the fifth determination module is used to determine the first information based on the bit width.
  • the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook
  • the first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
  • the first information when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
  • Sending the first channel based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel includes:
  • the first channel is transmitted based on the precoding matrix.
  • the first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter
  • the first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter
  • the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
  • the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information
  • the generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
  • the precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors
  • the number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
  • a sixth determining module is further included; the sixth determining module is used to:
  • the state of the first information is the third state or the value of the first information is the third value, determining that the first scheduling information also includes a layer number indication bit;
  • the state of the first information is the fourth state or the value of the first information is the fourth value, determining that the first scheduling information does not include a layer number indication bit;
  • the first scheduling information includes a layer number indication bit
  • the layer number indication bit is used to indicate the number of transmission layers.
  • a second acquisition module is also included;
  • the second acquisition module is used to acquire codebook configuration information sent by the network device; the codebook configuration information is used to determine the codebook corresponding to the first channel;
  • Determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information includes:
  • a codebook corresponding to the first channel is determined based on the codebook configuration information.
  • the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
  • a seventh determination module is further included;
  • the seventh determination module is configured to determine, when the first scheduling information does not include the first information, that the codebook corresponding to the first channel is a predefined codebook.
  • an information transmission device including:
  • a second determining module configured to determine first scheduling information based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel
  • the second sending module is used to send the first scheduling information to the terminal when the first scheduling information includes first information; the codebook corresponding to the first channel corresponds to the first information.
  • a third sending module is also included.
  • the third sending module is used to send second information to the terminal; the second information is used to indicate that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
  • the second information is codebook subset information.
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
  • an eighth determination module is also included.
  • the eighth determination module is used to determine a bit width of the first information, and the bit width of the first information is associated with the second information.
  • the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook
  • the first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
  • the state of the first information is the first state or the first When the value of the information is a first value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
  • the first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
  • the first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter
  • the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
  • the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information
  • the generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
  • the precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors
  • the number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
  • a fourth sending module is further included;
  • the fourth sending module is used to send codebook configuration information to the terminal; the codebook configuration information is used to determine the codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  • the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a processor-readable storage medium, wherein the processor-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to enable the processor to execute the information transmission method described in the first aspect or the second aspect as described above.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to enable a computer to execute the information transmission method described in the first aspect or the second aspect as described above.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a communication device readable storage medium, wherein the communication device readable storage medium stores a computer program, wherein the computer program is used to enable The communication device executes the information transmission method described in the first aspect or the second aspect as described above.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure further provide a chip product readable storage medium, wherein the chip product readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to enable the chip product to execute the information transmission method described in the first aspect or the second aspect as described above.
  • the terminal determines whether the scheduling information includes the first information.
  • the terminal determines the codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information, thereby avoiding the terminal pre-storing a large number of precoding matrix indication tables, reducing the complexity of precoding matrix determination, and improving information transmission efficiency.
  • FIG1 is a flow chart of an information transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG2 is a second flow chart of the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a structure of an information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 6 is a second schematic diagram of the structure of an information transmission device provided in an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP NR system supports codebook-based PUSCH transmission.
  • codebook-based PUSCH transmission when the number of corresponding antenna ports is N, the precoding matrix is indicated from a codebook with N antenna ports.
  • the NR system supports the base station to configure a codebook subset for codebook-based PUSCH transmission through Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling, which (RRC signaling) includes three candidate values: fully And Partial And Non Coherent, partially coherent, and non-coherent.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • Different candidate values correspond to different codebook subsets
  • the codebook subset corresponding to fully And Partial And Non Coherent includes all codewords (i.e., precoding matrices) of the codebook subset corresponding to partial And Non Coherent
  • the codebook subset corresponding to partial And Non Coherent includes all codewords of the codebook subset corresponding to non Coherentt.
  • the current NR system codebook design does not take into account the differences in UE antenna structures.
  • the uplink codebook is only related to the number of antenna ports and has nothing to do with the specific antenna structure of the UE.
  • the codebook subset corresponding to fullyAndPartialAndNonCoherent includes all the codewords (i.e., precoding matrices) of the codebook subset corresponding to partialAndNonCoherent, and the codebook subset corresponding to partialAndNonCoherent includes all the codewords of the codebook subset corresponding to nonCoherentt, there will be a lot of codebook combinations.
  • the UE needs to pre-store a lot of precoding matrix indication tables, and after determining the precoding matrix indication table according to the configuration parameters of the base station, determine which precoding matrix the precoding matrix indication information sent by the base station indicates based on the determined precoding matrix indication table. This increases the storage overhead of the UE and the complexity of the precoding matrix determination.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure proposes an information transmission method, in which the terminal determines whether the scheduling information includes the first information, and includes the first information in the scheduling information.
  • the terminal determines whether the scheduling information includes the first information, and includes the first information in the scheduling information.
  • a codebook corresponding to the first channel is determined based on the first information, so that the terminal is prevented from pre-storing a large number of precoding matrix indication tables, the complexity of determining the precoding matrix is reduced, and the information transmission efficiency is improved.
  • FIG1 is one of the flowcharts of the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information transmission method, the execution subject of which may be a terminal, such as a mobile phone, etc.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 101 When first scheduling information includes first information, determine a codebook corresponding to a first channel based on the first information; the first information is information indicating a codebook.
  • the first scheduling information includes information indicating a codebook
  • the terminal determines a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the information indicating the codebook.
  • the first scheduling information is information used to schedule the first channel, and may be uplink scheduling information or downlink scheduling information.
  • the first information may have different states or different values, and the first information in different states or the first information in different values may indicate different codebooks.
  • the first channel can be PUSCH, physical uplink control channel (Physical Uplink Control Channel, PUCCH), physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH), physical downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH), etc.
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • Step 102 Send the first channel based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  • the terminal after the terminal determines the codebook corresponding to the first channel, the terminal sends the first channel based on the codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  • the terminal may first select a precoding matrix from the codebook corresponding to the PUSCH, and send the PUSCH based on the selected precoding matrix.
  • the terminal may first select a precoding matrix from the codebook corresponding to the PDSCH, and send the PDSCH based on the selected precoding matrix.
  • Sending the first channel may refer to sending information on the first channel, or sending the first channel may refer to performing transmission on the first channel, or sending the first channel may refer to performing transmission of data, etc. on the first channel.
  • the terminal determines whether the scheduling information includes the first information.
  • the terminal determines the codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information, thereby avoiding the terminal pre-storing a large number of precoding matrix indication tables, reducing the complexity of precoding matrix determination, and improving information transmission efficiency.
  • the method further includes: acquiring second information, and determining the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel;
  • the number of antenna ports is greater than or equal to a first preset value, it is determined based on the second information that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
  • the first scheduling information includes the first information based on the second information and/or the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel.
  • the terminal may first obtain the second information and determine the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel.
  • the terminal determines that the first scheduling information includes the first information based on the second information.
  • the terminal may no longer determine whether the first scheduling information includes the first information, or the terminal determines that the first scheduling information does not include the first information based on the second information. In this case, the terminal may use an existing solution to determine the codebook corresponding to the first channel, which is not described here.
  • the first preset value is configurable, and the specific value can be configured according to actual conditions, for example, configured to 4, 7, 8, 16, etc.
  • the second information may have different states or different values.
  • the second information in different states or the second information in different values may indicate different meanings.
  • the value of the second information is 0, indicating that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
  • the value of the second information is 1, indicating that the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
  • the number of antenna ports corresponding to the PUSCH channel can be determined by the antenna port number indication information included in the Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) resource corresponding to the PUSCH transmission mode, or by the information used to indicate the SRS resource corresponding to the PUSCH transmission in the uplink scheduling information (for example, SRS resource indication information, i.e., Sounding Reference Information (SRI)).
  • SRS resource indication information i.e., Sounding Reference Information (SRI)
  • SRS resource needs to be determined based on the SRI
  • the number of antenna ports of the SRS resource is the number of antenna ports of the PUSCH.
  • the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure determines the acquisition scheme of the codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel.
  • the terminal determines the codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information included in the scheduling information, thereby avoiding the terminal pre-storing a large number of precoding matrix indication tables, reducing the complexity of precoding matrix determination, and improving information transmission efficiency.
  • the second information is codebook subset information, and/or the second information is information used to indicate that the scheduling information includes the first information.
  • the second information is codebook subset information.
  • the codebook subset information may indicate a fully coherent codebook subset, for example, the value of codebookSubset is fullyAndPartialAndNonCoherent.
  • the codebook subset information may also indicate a partially coherent codebook subset, for example, the value of codebookSubset is PartialAndNonCoherent.
  • the codebook subset information may also indicate a non-coherent codebook subset, for example, codebookSubset The value of is NonCoherent.
  • the terminal determines that the scheduling information includes the first information based on the codebook subset information, and determines the codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information, thereby further improving the information transmission efficiency.
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
  • the second information may be used to indicate the type of the codebook.
  • the second information may indicate that the type of the codebook is a fully coherent codebook.
  • the second information may also indicate that the type of the codebook is a partially coherent codebook.
  • the second information may also indicate that the type of the codebook is a non-coherent codebook.
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate the codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
  • the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
  • the first scheduling information does not include an information field specifically used to indicate the codebook.
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate the codebook.
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate which type of coherent codebook the codebook is.
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate the codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information, which further reduces the complexity of the terminal determining the precoding matrix and improves the efficiency of information transmission.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the first information is determined.
  • the terminal may also first determine the bit width of the first information in the first scheduling information based on the second information, and then decode the first scheduling information based on the bit width to determine the first information.
  • the bit width of the first information in the first scheduling information is different.
  • the bit width of the first information in the first scheduling information is different.
  • the value of the second information is different, and the bit width of the first information in the first scheduling information is different.
  • the terminal decodes the first scheduling information based on the bit width of the first information in the first scheduling information to determine the first information, which further reduces the complexity of the terminal in determining the precoding matrix and improves the efficiency of information transmission.
  • the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook
  • the first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information may indicate the coherent transmission type of the codebook, for example, one or more of a fully coherent (FC) codebook, a partially coherent (PC) codebook, and a non-coherent (NC) codebook.
  • a fully coherent (FC) codebook for example, one or more of a fully coherent (FC) codebook, a partially coherent (PC) codebook, and a non-coherent (NC) codebook.
  • FC fully coherent
  • PC partially coherent
  • NC non-coherent
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information may indicate a table corresponding to a codebook, for example, one or more of a table corresponding to an FC codebook, a table corresponding to a PC codebook, and a table corresponding to an NC codebook.
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information indicates which codebook is used, and different codebooks correspond to at least one different parameter.
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information indicates an unavailable precoding matrix in the preset codebook.
  • a set of other precoding matrices in the preset codebook except the unavailable precoding matrix is the codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information indicates that precoding matrix 2 is unavailable.
  • the codebook composed of precoding matrix 1 and precoding matrix 3 is the codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  • the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook, or the first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in the preset codebook, which further reduces the complexity of the terminal determining the precoding matrix and improves the efficiency of information transmission.
  • the first information when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first information when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first information in the uplink scheduling information further indicates that the uplink codebook is FC code
  • codebooks are selected from the following: codebook, PC codebook or NC codebook.
  • the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first information in the uplink scheduling information further indicates which codebooks the uplink codebook is in the PC codebook or the NC codebook.
  • uplink scheduling is taken as an example, when the codebook subset information indicates NC, the uplink scheduling information does not indicate which coherent type of the uplink codebook is, and the NC codebook is used by default.
  • the first information can have different states or different values, and the first information in different states or the first information with different values can indicate different codebooks, which further reduces the complexity of the terminal in determining the precoding matrix and improves the efficiency of information transmission.
  • the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
  • Sending the first channel based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel includes:
  • the first channel is transmitted based on the precoding matrix.
  • the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix from a codebook indicated by the first information, that is, the terminal determines the precoding indication information based on the codebook indicated by the first information.
  • the terminal first determines the precoding matrix indicated by the precoding indication information from the codebook corresponding to the first channel, and then sends the first channel based on the precoding matrix.
  • the precoding indication information indicates one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n , and the terminal determines the precoding matrix based on one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n .
  • i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n are parameters used to determine the precoding matrix.
  • i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n are independently encoded.
  • the bit width of i 1,1 is The bit width of i 1,1 is The bit width of i 1,2 is The bit width of i 1,2 is The bit width of i 2,2 is The bit width of i 2 is 2, the bit width of i 2 is 1, the bit width of i 3 is 1, the bit width of i 3 is 2, the bit width of i 1,N,n is 1, and the bit width of i 1,N,n is 2.
  • one or more of N 1 , O 1 , N 2 , and O 2 are determined according to parameters configured by the base station, or one or more of N 1 , O 1 , N 2 , and O 2 are codebook configuration parameters.
  • bit widths of one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n are different.
  • the values of O 1 or O 2 are different.
  • one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n are jointly encoded.
  • i 1,1 ,i 1,2 by Bit joint coding.
  • the codebook is as shown in the following table:
  • the codebook is as shown in the following table:
  • the codebook is as shown in the following table:
  • the codebook is as shown in the following table:
  • the codebook is as shown in the following table:
  • the codebook is as shown in the following table:
  • the codebook is as shown in the following table:
  • the codebook is as shown in the following table:
  • k1 and k2 are values determined based on i3 , or are predefined values.
  • the codebook is as shown in the following table:
  • the codebook is as shown in the following table:
  • the codebook is as shown in the following table:
  • the codebook is as shown in the following table:
  • the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information
  • the precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel, which further reduces the complexity of the terminal determining the precoding matrix and improves the efficiency of information transmission.
  • the first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter
  • the first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter
  • the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
  • the first information and the precoding indication information may be carried through the same information field.
  • the first information and the precoding indication information may be carried by the same parameter.
  • the first information and the precoding indication information may be carried via different information domains.
  • the first information is carried through a first information field
  • the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field.
  • the first information and the precoding indication information may be carried by different parameters.
  • the first information is carried by a first parameter
  • the precoding indication information is carried by a second parameter.
  • the first information and the precoding indication information can be carried through the same information domain/parameter, or respectively carried through different information domains/parameters, which further reduces the complexity of the terminal determining the precoding matrix and improves the efficiency of information transmission.
  • the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information
  • the generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
  • the encoding method of the precoding indication information is the first method.
  • the encoding method of the precoding indication information is the second method.
  • the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is generated in the third manner.
  • the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is generated in the fourth manner.
  • the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information, or the generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information, which further reduces the complexity of the terminal determining the precoding matrix and improves the efficiency of information transmission.
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
  • the precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors
  • the number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with an antenna port number of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with an antenna port number of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a transmission layer number or a plurality of transmission layer numbers.
  • the terminal determines the code for transmission from the codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the precoding indication information. Input the precoding matrix of the first channel.
  • X may be a predefined value.
  • X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel.
  • the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel is M
  • the relationship between X and M can be expressed by at least one of the following formulas:
  • X M (i.e. X is equal to M);
  • X M/2 (i.e. X is half of M);
  • X M/4 (i.e. X is equal to one quarter of M);
  • X M/8 (ie, X is equal to one eighth of M).
  • X is determined based on an indication from a network device.
  • the network device may directly indicate the value of X.
  • the network device may further indicate a grouping method of antennas (or antenna ports) of the first channel, and the terminal determines X based on the grouping method.
  • the antenna grouping method of the first channel includes the number of antenna ports included in each group of antennas, and X is the number of antenna ports included in each group of antennas.
  • the antenna grouping method of the first channel includes the number of antenna port groups.
  • the terminal determines the number of antenna ports included in each antenna group based on the number of antenna port groups, and X is the number of antenna ports included in each antenna group.
  • the network device may further indicate the type of the codebook, and the terminal determines X based on the type of the codebook.
  • the precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner.
  • the Y bits in the precoding indication information indicate a square matrix with a dimension of Y*Y, in which all elements except the diagonal have non-zero elements
  • the mth bit of the precoding matrix indication information has a value of 1, indicating that the elements in the mth row and mth column of the precoding matrix are non-zero
  • the mth bit has a value of 0, indicating that the elements in the mth row and mth column of the precoding matrix are 0, where Y is the number of antenna ports for the uplink signal.
  • the precoding indication information indicates one transmission layer number or multiple transmission layer numbers.
  • the precoding matrix and the number of transmission layers are jointly encoded and indicated by the precoding information and the number of transmission layers field.
  • a part of the bits in the precoding information and the number of transmission layers field indicate the number of transmission layers, and another part of the bits indicate the precoding matrix from the codebook corresponding to the transmission layer.
  • the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure determines the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel through precoding indication information, further reduces the complexity of the terminal determining the precoding matrix, and improves the efficiency of information transmission.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the state of the first information is the third state or the value of the first information is the third value, determining that the first scheduling information also includes a layer number indication bit;
  • the state of the first information is the fourth state or the value of the first information is the fourth value, determining that the first scheduling information does not include a layer number indication bit;
  • the first scheduling information includes a layer number indication bit
  • the layer number indication bit is used to indicate the number of transmission layers.
  • the layer number indication bit may be associated with the first information.
  • the terminal determines that the first scheduling information also includes a layer number indication bit.
  • the terminal determines that the first scheduling information does not include a layer number indication bit.
  • the terminal determines that the first scheduling information includes a layer number indication bit.
  • the terminal determines that the first scheduling information does not include a layer number indication bit.
  • the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure is to indicate the layer number bit and the first The information is associated, which further reduces the complexity of the terminal determining the precoding matrix and improves the efficiency of information transmission.
  • the method further comprises:
  • Acquire codebook configuration information sent by a network device the codebook configuration information is used to determine a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
  • Determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information includes:
  • a codebook corresponding to the first channel is determined based on the codebook configuration information.
  • the network device may further send codebook configuration information to the terminal. After the terminal obtains the codebook configuration information sent by the network device, the terminal may determine the codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the codebook configuration information.
  • the terminal determines the codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the codebook configuration information.
  • the terminal determines the codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the codebook configuration information.
  • the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
  • the number of antennas in the horizontal dimension is the number of antennas in the horizontal dimension within an antenna group.
  • the number of antennas in the vertical dimension is the number of antennas in the vertical dimension within an antenna group.
  • the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure determines based on the codebook configuration information
  • the codebook corresponding to the first channel further reduces the complexity of determining the precoding matrix for the terminal and improves the efficiency of information transmission.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the codebook corresponding to the first channel is a predefined codebook.
  • the codebook corresponding to the first channel is a predefined codebook.
  • the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure determines that the codebook corresponding to the first channel is a predefined codebook when the first scheduling information does not include the first information, thereby further reducing the complexity of the terminal determining the precoding matrix and improving the efficiency of information transmission.
  • the terminal receives codebook subset information (eg, codebookSubset) of the PUSCH sent by the base station, where the codebook subset information indicates a fully coherent codebook subset (eg, a value of codebookSubset is fullyAndPartialAndNonCoherent).
  • codebook subset information eg, codebookSubset
  • the codebook subset information indicates a fully coherent codebook subset (eg, a value of codebookSubset is fullyAndPartialAndNonCoherent).
  • the terminal determines that the number of antenna ports corresponding to PUSCH transmission is 8 ports (or determines that the number of antenna ports corresponding to the information used to indicate the number of PUSCH antenna ports is 8).
  • the terminal determines that the uplink scheduling information (e.g., DCI) includes codebook indication information (or information indicating the codebook, such as bits in the first part of the precoding information and number of layers information field).
  • codebook indication information or information indicating the codebook, such as bits in the first part of the precoding information and number of layers information field.
  • the terminal determines that the uplink codebook is a first codebook (fully coherent codebook), and determines the precoding matrix based on the first codebook.
  • the terminal determines the precoding matrix based on the precoding matrix indication information (for example, the second part of the bits in the precoding information and number of layers information field) in the following manner.
  • the precoding matrix indication information for example, the second part of the bits in the precoding information and number of layers information field
  • the precoding indication information indicates one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n , and the terminal determines the precoding matrix based on one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n .
  • i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n are independently encoded.
  • the bit width of i 1,1 is The bit width of i 1,1 is The bit width of i 1,2 is The bit width of i 1,2 is The bit width of i 2,2 is The bit width of i 2 is 2, the bit width of i 2 is 1, the bit width of i 3 is 1, the bit width of i 3 is 2, the bit width of i 1,N,n is 1, and the bit width of i 1,N,n is 2.
  • one or more of N 1 , O 1 , N 2 , and O 2 are determined according to parameters configured by the base station.
  • bit widths of one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n are different.
  • the values of O 1 or O 2 are different.
  • one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n are jointly encoded.
  • i 1,1 ,i 1,2 by Bit joint coding.
  • the uplink codebook is determined to be a second codebook (partially coherent codebook), and the precoding matrix is determined based on the second codebook.
  • the precoding matrix is determined based on precoding matrix indication information (e.g., bits in the second part of the precoding information and number of layers information field) in the following manner.
  • precoding matrix indication information e.g., bits in the second part of the precoding information and number of layers information field
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers.
  • the UE determines a precoding matrix corresponding to an uplink signal from a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the precoding indication information.
  • the precoding matrix with the number of antenna ports being X is determined based on an uplink codebook with the number of antenna ports being X.
  • the precoding matrix of the uplink signal is in the form of one or more of the following: A transformation of:
  • P, P 1 , P 2 , P 3 , P 4 , and 0 are matrices whose number of columns is less than or equal to the number of rows, and the number of rows is equal to X.
  • the uplink codebook is determined to be a third codebook (non-coherent codebook), and the precoding matrix is determined based on the third codebook.
  • the precoding matrix is determined to be an X*X square matrix, in which all elements except the non-zero elements on the diagonal are 0, and the mth bit value of the precoding matrix indication information is 1, indicating that the elements in the mth row and mth column of the precoding matrix are non-zero, and the mth bit value is 0, indicating that the elements in the mth row and mth column of the precoding matrix are 0.
  • the terminal receives codebook subset information (eg, codebookSubset) of the PUSCH sent by the base station, where the codebook subset information indicates a partially coherent codebook subset (eg, a value of codebookSubset is PartialAndNonCoherent).
  • codebook subset information eg, codebookSubset
  • the codebook subset information indicates a partially coherent codebook subset (eg, a value of codebookSubset is PartialAndNonCoherent).
  • the terminal determines that the number of antenna ports corresponding to PUSCH transmission is 8 ports (or determines that the number of antenna ports corresponding to the information used to indicate the number of PUSCH antenna ports is 8).
  • the terminal determines that the uplink scheduling information (e.g., DCI) includes the codebook indication information (e.g., the ratio of the first part of the precoding information and number of layers information field) special).
  • the codebook indication information e.g., the ratio of the first part of the precoding information and number of layers information field
  • the uplink codebook is determined to be a second codebook (partially coherent codebook), and the precoding matrix is determined based on the second codebook.
  • the precoding matrix is determined based on precoding matrix indication information (e.g., bits in the second part of the precoding information and number of layers information field) in the following manner.
  • precoding matrix indication information e.g., bits in the second part of the precoding information and number of layers information field
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers.
  • the UE determines a precoding matrix corresponding to an uplink signal from a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the precoding indication information.
  • the precoding matrix with the number of antenna ports being X is determined based on an uplink codebook with the number of antenna ports being X.
  • the precoding matrix of the uplink signal is in the form of one of the following or a transformation of one of the following:
  • P, P 1 , P 2 , P 3 , P 4 , and 0 are matrices whose number of columns is less than or equal to the number of rows, and the number of rows is equal to X.
  • the codebook indication information indicates a second value (for example, "01")
  • the precoding matrix is determined to be an X*X square matrix, in which all elements except the non-zero elements on the diagonal are 0, and the mth bit value of the precoding matrix indication information is 1, indicating that the elements in the mth row and mth column of the precoding matrix are non-zero, and the mth bit value is 0, indicating that the elements in the mth row and mth column of the precoding matrix are 0.
  • the terminal receives codebook subset information (eg, codebookSubset) of the PUSCH sent by the base station, where the codebook subset information indicates a non-coherent codebook subset (eg, a value of codebookSubset is NonCoherent).
  • codebook subset information eg, codebookSubset
  • the codebook subset information indicates a non-coherent codebook subset (eg, a value of codebookSubset is NonCoherent).
  • the terminal determines that the number of antenna ports corresponding to PUSCH transmission is 8 ports (or determines that the number of antenna ports corresponding to the information used to indicate the number of PUSCH antenna ports is 8).
  • the terminal determines whether the uplink scheduling information (eg, DCI) includes codebook indication information, and directly determines a precoding matrix of the PUSCH according to a non-coherent codebook corresponding to the number of antenna ports of the PUSCH.
  • the uplink scheduling information eg, DCI
  • the terminal receives codebook subset information (eg, codebookSubset) of the PUSCH sent by the base station, where the codebook subset information indicates a partially coherent codebook subset (eg, a value of codebookSubset is PartialAndNonCoherent).
  • codebook subset information eg, codebookSubset
  • the codebook subset information indicates a partially coherent codebook subset (eg, a value of codebookSubset is PartialAndNonCoherent).
  • the terminal determines that the number of antenna ports corresponding to PUSCH transmission is 2 or 4 ports (or determines that the number of antenna ports corresponding to the information used to indicate the number of PUSCH antenna ports is 4); and determines the precoding matrix of PUSCH according to the uplink partial coherent codebook corresponding to 2 or 4 ports.
  • part of the bits indicate the subcodebook, and the other part of the bits indicate the precoding matrix and transmission Number of layers.
  • the following precoding matrix and transmission layer number indication indicate the precoding matrix from the codebook including only fully coherent codewords, that is, indicate the number of transmission layers, one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n .
  • the following precoding matrix and transmission layer number indication indicate the precoding matrix from the codebook including only partially coherent codewords. That is, one or more UL 2Tx/4Tx precoding matrices can be indicated from the UL2Tx/4Tx codebook.
  • the subcodebook indication corresponds to 10
  • the following precoding matrix and the number of transmission layers are indicated in a bitmap manner, indicating a non-coherent codeword.
  • the following precoding matrix and transmission layer number indication indicate the precoding matrix from the codebook including only fully coherent codewords, that is, indicate the number of transmission layers, one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n .
  • the following precoding matrix and transmission layer number indication indicate a precoding matrix from a codebook including only partially coherent codewords and incoherent codewords.
  • the first part of the precoding matrix indicates an incoherent codeword, and the second part indicates one or more UL 2Tx/4Tx precoding matrices (partially coherent codewords) from the UL 2Tx/4Tx codebook.
  • a part of the bits indicates the sub-codebook
  • a part of the bits indicates the number of transmission layers
  • another part of the bits indicates the precoding matrix
  • the encoding method of the precoding matrix indication part is related to the value of the sub-codebook indication and/or the value of the transmission layer number indication.
  • the transmission layer number indication for some values of the sub-codebook indication, there is a transmission layer number indication; for another part of the values of the sub-codebook indication, the transmission layer number indication and the precoding matrix indication are jointly encoded.
  • the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure makes the determination and indication of the codebook more flexible when the number of transmitting antennas is relatively large, thereby improving the information transmission efficiency.
  • FIG2 is a second flow chart of the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information transmission method, the execution subject of which may be a network device, such as a base station, etc.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 201 Determine first scheduling information based on a codebook corresponding to a first channel.
  • Step 202 When the first scheduling information includes first information, send the first scheduling information to the terminal; and the codebook corresponding to the first channel corresponds to the first information.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the second information is used to indicate that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
  • the second information is codebook subset information.
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
  • the method further comprises:
  • a bit width of the first information is determined, wherein the bit width of the first information is associated with the second information.
  • the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook
  • the first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
  • the first information when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
  • the first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
  • the first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter
  • the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
  • the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information
  • the generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
  • the precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors
  • the number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the codebook configuration information is used to determine a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  • the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
  • the information transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present disclosure can refer to the above-mentioned information transmission method embodiment in which the execution subject is a terminal, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • the parts and beneficial effects of this embodiment that are the same as the above-mentioned corresponding method embodiments will not be described in detail here.
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the terminal includes a memory 320, a transceiver 300, and a processor 310, wherein:
  • the memory 320 is used to store computer programs; the transceiver 300 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor 310; the processor 310 is used to read the computer program in the memory 320 and perform the following operations:
  • the first scheduling information includes first information, determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information; the first information is information indicating the codebook;
  • the first channel is sent based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  • the transceiver 300 is used to receive and send data under the control of the processor 310 .
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by processor 310 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 320 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits together, which are all well known in the art and are therefore not further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • the transceiver 300 may be a plurality of components, namely, a transmitter and a receiver, providing a unit for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium, and these transmission media include transmission media such as wireless channels, wired channels, and optical cables.
  • the user interface 330 may also be an interface that can be connected to external and internal devices, and the connected devices include but are not limited to keypads, displays, speakers, microphones, joysticks, etc.
  • the processor 310 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 320 can store data used by the processor 310 when performing operations.
  • processor 310 can be a central processing unit (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or a complex programmable logic device (CPLD), and the processor can also adopt a multi-core architecture.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • CPLD complex programmable logic device
  • the processor calls the computer program stored in the memory to execute any of the methods provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure according to the obtained executable instructions.
  • the processor and the memory can also be arranged physically separately.
  • the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • the second information determines that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
  • the second information is codebook subset information.
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
  • the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • the first information is determined.
  • the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook
  • the first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
  • the first information when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
  • Sending the first channel based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel includes:
  • the first channel is transmitted based on the precoding matrix.
  • the first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter
  • the first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter
  • the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
  • the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information
  • the generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
  • the precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors
  • the number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
  • the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • the state of the first information is the third state or the value of the first information is the third value, determining that the first scheduling information also includes a layer number indication bit;
  • the state of the first information is the fourth state or the value of the first information is the fourth value, determining that the first scheduling information does not include a layer number indication bit;
  • the first scheduling information includes a layer number indication bit
  • the layer number indication bit is used to indicate the number of transmission layers.
  • the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • Acquire codebook configuration information sent by a network device the codebook configuration information is used to determine a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
  • Determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information includes:
  • a codebook corresponding to the first channel is determined based on the codebook configuration information.
  • the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
  • the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • determining a first The codebook corresponding to the channel is a predefined codebook.
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the network device includes a memory 420, a transceiver 400, and a processor 410, wherein:
  • the memory 420 is used to store computer programs; the transceiver 400 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor 410; the processor 410 is used to read the computer program in the memory 420 and perform the following operations:
  • the first scheduling information includes first information
  • the first scheduling information is sent to a terminal; and a codebook corresponding to the first channel corresponds to the first information.
  • the transceiver 400 is used to receive and send data under the control of the processor 410 .
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by processor 410 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 420 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture may also link together various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and are therefore not further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • the transceiver 400 may be a plurality of components, namely, a transmitter and a receiver, providing a unit for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium, which transmission medium includes a wireless channel, a wired channel, an optical cable, and other transmission media.
  • the processor 410 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 420 may store data used by the processor 410 when performing operations.
  • the processor 410 may be a central processing unit (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA), or a Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or Complex Programmable Logic Device (Complex Programmable Logic Device, CPLD), the processor can also adopt a multi-core architecture.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • FPGA Programmable Gate Array
  • CPLD Complex Programmable Logic Device
  • the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • the second information is used to indicate that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
  • the second information is codebook subset information.
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
  • the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • a bit width of the first information is determined, wherein the bit width of the first information is associated with the second information.
  • the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook
  • the first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
  • the first information when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks: kind:
  • the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
  • the first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
  • the first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter
  • the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
  • the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information
  • the generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
  • the precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors
  • the number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
  • the processor is further configured to read the computer program product stored in the memory. program and do the following:
  • the codebook configuration information is used to determine a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  • the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
  • the above-mentioned network device provided in the embodiment of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the method embodiment in which the execution subject is the network device, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • the parts and beneficial effects of this embodiment that are the same as the method embodiment will not be described in detail here.
  • FIG5 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of an information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • an information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure includes a first determining module 501 and a first sending module 502, wherein:
  • the first determination module 501 is used to determine the codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information when the first scheduling information includes the first information; the first information is information indicating the codebook; the first sending module 502 is used to send the first channel based on the codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  • it further includes a first acquisition module and a third determination module
  • the first acquisition module is used to acquire second information and determine the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel
  • the third determining module is used to determine the number of antenna ports when the number of antenna ports is greater than or equal to the first preset value, determine based on the second information that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
  • the second information is codebook subset information.
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
  • a fourth determination module and a fifth determination module are further included;
  • the fourth determination module is used to determine the bit width of the first information in the first scheduling information based on the second information
  • the fifth determination module is used to determine the first information based on the bit width.
  • the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook
  • the first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
  • the first information when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information.
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
  • Sending the first channel based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel includes:
  • the first channel is transmitted based on the precoding matrix.
  • the first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter
  • the first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter
  • the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
  • the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information
  • the generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
  • the precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors
  • the number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
  • a sixth determining module is further included; the sixth determining module is used to:
  • the state of the first information is the third state or the value of the first information is the third value, determining that the first scheduling information also includes a layer number indication bit;
  • the state of the first information is the fourth state or the value of the first information is the fourth value, determining that the first scheduling information does not include a layer number indication bit;
  • the first scheduling information includes a layer number indication bit
  • the layer number indication bit is used to indicate the number of transmission layers.
  • a second acquisition module is also included;
  • the second acquisition module is used to acquire codebook configuration information sent by the network device; the codebook configuration information is used to determine the codebook corresponding to the first channel;
  • Determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information includes:
  • a codebook corresponding to the first channel is determined based on the codebook configuration information.
  • the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
  • a seventh determination module is further included;
  • the seventh determination module is configured to determine, when the first scheduling information does not include the first information, that the codebook corresponding to the first channel is a predefined codebook.
  • the information transmission device provided in the embodiment of the present disclosure can realize the above
  • the execution subject is a terminal. All method steps implemented in the method embodiment can achieve the same technical effect. The parts and beneficial effects of this embodiment that are the same as those of the method embodiment will not be described in detail here.
  • FIG6 is a second structural diagram of an information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • an information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure includes a second determining module 601 and a second sending module, wherein:
  • the second determination module 601 is used to determine the first scheduling information based on the codebook corresponding to the first channel;
  • the second sending module 602 is used to send the first scheduling information to the terminal when the first scheduling information includes first information; the codebook corresponding to the first channel corresponds to the first information.
  • a third sending module is also included.
  • the third sending module is used to send second information to the terminal; the second information is used to indicate that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
  • the second information is codebook subset information.
  • the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
  • an eighth determination module is also included.
  • the eighth determination module is used to determine a bit width of the first information, and the bit width of the first information is associated with the second information.
  • the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook
  • the first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
  • the first information when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first value, the first information is used to indicate the following type of code: One or more of:
  • the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
  • the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
  • the first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
  • the first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter
  • the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
  • the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information
  • the generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
  • the precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner
  • the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors
  • the number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
  • a fourth sending module is further included;
  • the fourth sending module is used to send codebook configuration information to the terminal; the codebook configuration information is used to determine the codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  • the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
  • the above-mentioned information transmission device provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the method embodiment in which the execution subject is a network device, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • the parts and beneficial effects of this embodiment that are the same as the method embodiment will not be described in detail here.
  • the division of units/modules in the above embodiments of the present disclosure is schematic and is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present disclosure may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, It can also be implemented in the form of a software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a processor-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present disclosure is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including several instructions to enable a computer device (which can be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) or a processor (processor) to perform all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is further provided, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to enable a computer to execute the information transmission method provided by the above-mentioned method embodiments.
  • the above-mentioned computer-readable storage medium provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the above-mentioned method embodiments, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • the parts and beneficial effects of this embodiment that are the same as the method embodiment will not be described in detail here.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium or data storage device that can be accessed by the processor, including but not limited to magnetic storage (such as floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes, magneto-optical disks (MO), etc.), optical storage (such as CD, DVD, BD, HVD, etc.), and semiconductor storage (such as ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid-state drive (SSD)), etc.
  • magnetic storage such as floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes, magneto-optical disks (MO), etc.
  • optical storage such as CD, DVD, BD, HVD, etc.
  • semiconductor storage such as ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid-state drive (SSD)
  • first”, “second”, etc. in the embodiments of the present disclosure are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It should be understood that the terms used in this way can be interchangeable under appropriate circumstances, so that the embodiments of the present disclosure can be implemented in an order other than those illustrated or described herein, and "first”, “second”, etc.
  • the objects to be distinguished are usually of one type, and the number of objects is not limited.
  • the first object can be one or more.
  • the term "and/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist.
  • a and/or B may represent three situations: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone.
  • the character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship.
  • plurality in the embodiments of the present disclosure refers to two or more than two, and other quantifiers are similar thereto.
  • the applicable systems can be global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) general packet radio service (GPRS) system, long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD) system, long term evolution advanced (LTE-A) system, universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) system, 5G new radio (NR) system, etc.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD LTE frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE time division duplex
  • LTE-A long term evolution advanced
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • NR new radio
  • the system can also include core network parts, such as the Evolved Packet
  • the terminal device involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem.
  • a terminal device may be called a user equipment (UE).
  • a wireless terminal device can be connected to a wireless network (RAN) through a wireless access network.
  • the wireless terminal device may be a mobile terminal device, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal device, for example, a portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built-in or vehicle-mounted mobile device, which exchanges language and/or data with the wireless access network.
  • the wireless terminal device may also be referred to as a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, an access point, a remote terminal device, an access terminal device, a user terminal device, a user agent, a user device, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the network device involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be a base station, which may include multiple cells providing services to the terminal.
  • the base station may also be called an access point, or may be a device in the access network that communicates with the wireless terminal device through one or more sectors on the air interface, or other names.
  • the network device can be used to interchange received air frames with Internet Protocol (IP) packets, and serve as a router between the wireless terminal device and the rest of the access network, wherein the rest of the access network may include an Internet Protocol (IP) communication network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the network device may also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • the network device involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be a network device (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in the Global System for Mobile communications (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), or a network device (NodeB) in Wide-band Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), or an evolutionary network device (evolutional Node B, eNB or e-NodeB) in the long term evolution (LTE) system, or a 5G network architecture (next).
  • the 5G base station (gNB) in the 5G generation system may also be a home evolved Node B (HeNB), a relay node, a femto, a pico, etc., which is not limited in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the network equipment may include a centralized unit (CU) node and a distributed unit (DU) node, and the centralized unit and the distributed unit may also be arranged geographically separately.
  • Determine B based on A in the present disclosure means that the factor A should be considered when determining B. It is not limited to “B can be determined based on A alone", but should also include: “Determine B based on A and C", “Determine B based on A, C and E", “Determine C based on A, and further determine B based on C", etc. It can also include taking A as a condition for determining B, for example, "When A meets the first condition, use the first method to determine B"; for example, "When A meets the second condition, determine B", etc.; for example, "When A meets the third condition, determine B based on the first parameter", etc. Of course, it can also be a condition that takes A as a factor for determining B, for example, "When A meets the first condition, use the first method to determine C, and further determine B based on C", etc.
  • Network devices and terminal devices can each use one or more antennas for multiple input multiple output (MIMO) transmission.
  • MIMO transmission can be single user MIMO (SU-MIMO) or multi-user MIMO (MU-MIMO).
  • MIMO transmission can be 2D-MIMO, 3D-MIMO, FD-MIMO or massive-MIMO, or it can be diversity transmission, precoded transmission or beamforming transmission, etc.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure may be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Therefore, the present disclosure may take the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, the present disclosure may take the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage and optical storage, etc.) containing computer-usable program code.
  • a computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage and optical storage, etc.
  • each process and/or box in the flowchart and/or block diagram, as well as the combination of the process and/or box in the flowchart and/or block diagram can be implemented by computer executable instructions.
  • These computer executable instructions can be provided to a processor of a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, an embedded processor or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine, so that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing device produce a device for implementing the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one box or multiple boxes in the block diagram.
  • processor-executable instructions may also be stored in a processor-readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the processor-readable memory produce a product including an instruction device that implements the functions specified in one or more processes in the flowchart and/or one or more boxes in the block diagram.
  • processor-executable instructions may also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device so that a series of operational steps are executed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process, whereby the instructions executed on the computer or other programmable device provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more processes in the flowchart and/or one or more boxes in the block diagram.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Radio Transmission System (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the embodiments of the present disclosure are an information transmission method and apparatus, and a storage medium. The method comprises: when first scheduling information comprises first information, determining, on the basis of the first information, a codebook corresponding to a first channel, wherein the first information is information indicating a codebook; and sending the first channel on the basis of the codebook corresponding to the first channel.

Description

信息传输方法、装置及存储介质Information transmission method, device and storage medium
相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
本申请要求于2022年09月30日提交的申请号为202211217126.5,发明名称为“信息传输方法、装置及存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权,其通过引用方式全部并入本文。This application claims priority to Chinese patent application No. 202211217126.5, filed on September 30, 2022, and entitled “Information Transmission Method, Device and Storage Medium”, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
技术领域Technical Field
本公开涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种信息传输方法、装置及存储介质。The present disclosure relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to an information transmission method, device and storage medium.
背景技术Background technique
新空口(New Radio,NR)系统支持基于码本的物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)传输。对于基于码本的PUSCH传输,当码本对应的天线端口数为N时,从一个天线端口数为N的码本中指示预编码矩阵。The New Radio (NR) system supports codebook-based Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) transmission. For codebook-based PUSCH transmission, when the number of antenna ports corresponding to the codebook is N, a precoding matrix is indicated from a codebook with N antenna ports.
随着终端/用户设备(User Equipment,UE)天线数目的增多,使用一个与UE的天线结构无关的通用型上行码本,会降低传输PUSCH的性能,从而产生了采用与UE的天线结构相匹配的码本的需求。As the number of terminal/user equipment (UE) antennas increases, using a universal uplink codebook that is independent of the UE's antenna structure will reduce the performance of PUSCH transmission, creating a need to use a codebook that matches the UE's antenna structure.
但是,在系统中存在为不同的UE天线结构设计的不同的码本时,码本的组合将非常多,UE需要预先存储很多的预编码矩阵指示表格,并根据基站的配置参数确定预编码矩阵指示表格后,然后,基于预编码矩阵指示表格和基站发送的预编码矩阵指示信息确定预编码矩阵,这种方案增加了UE的存储开销和预编码矩阵确定的复杂度。 However, when there are different codebooks designed for different UE antenna structures in the system, there will be a lot of combinations of codebooks. The UE needs to pre-store a lot of precoding matrix indication tables, determine the precoding matrix indication table according to the configuration parameters of the base station, and then determine the precoding matrix based on the precoding matrix indication table and the precoding matrix indication information sent by the base station. This solution increases the storage overhead of the UE and the complexity of determining the precoding matrix.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本公开实施例提供一种信息传输方法、装置及存储介质,用以解决现有技术中UE的存储开销大和预编码矩阵确定的复杂度高的技术问题。The embodiments of the present disclosure provide an information transmission method, device and storage medium to solve the technical problems of large storage overhead of UE and high complexity of determining precoding matrix in the prior art.
第一方面,本公开实施例提供一种信息传输方法,应用于终端,包括:In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information transmission method, which is applied to a terminal, including:
在第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,基于所述第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本;所述第一信息为指示码本的信息;In a case where the first scheduling information includes first information, determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information; the first information is information indicating the codebook;
基于所述第一信道对应的码本发送所述第一信道。The first channel is sent based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:获取第二信息,并确定所述第一信道对应的天线端口数;In some embodiments, the method further includes: acquiring second information, and determining the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel;
在所述天线端口数大于或等于第一预设值的情况下,基于所述第二信息确定所述第一调度信息中包括所述第一信息。When the number of antenna ports is greater than or equal to a first preset value, it is determined based on the second information that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息为码本子集信息。In some embodiments, the second information is codebook subset information.
在一些实施例中,在所述第二信息指示码本的类型为非相干码本的情况下,所述第一调度信息中包括的所述第一信息不指示码本,或,所述第一调度信息中不包括所述第一信息。In some embodiments, when the second information indicates that the type of the codebook is a non-coherent codebook, the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further comprises:
基于所述第二信息确定第一调度信息中第一信息的比特宽度;determining a bit width of first information in the first scheduling information based on the second information;
基于所述比特宽度,确定所述第一信息。Based on the bit width, the first information is determined.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息用于指示码本对应的类型和/或表格;In some embodiments, the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信息指示预设码本中不可用的预编码矩阵。The first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
在一些实施例中,在所述第一信息的状态为第一状态或所述第一信息的值为第一数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种: In some embodiments, when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
全相干码本;Fully coherent codebook;
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本;Non-coherent codebook;
和/或,and / or,
在所述第一信息的状态为第二状态或所述第一信息的值为第二数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:When the state of the first information is the second state or the value of the first information is the second value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本。Non-coherent codebook.
在一些实施例中,所述第一调度信息中包括预编码指示信息,所述预编码指示信息指示所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵;In some embodiments, the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
基于所述第一信道对应的码本发送所述第一信道,包括:Sending the first channel based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel includes:
从所述第一信道对应的码本中确定所述预编码指示信息指示的预编码矩阵;Determine a precoding matrix indicated by the precoding indication information from a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
基于所述预编码矩阵发送所述第一信道。The first channel is transmitted based on the precoding matrix.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息和所述预编码指示信息通过同一个信息域或参数携带;In some embodiments, the first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
或,or,
所述第一信息通过第一信息域或第一参数携带,所述预编码指示信息通过第二信息域或第二参数携带。The first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter, and the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息的编码方式与所述第一信息相关联;In some embodiments, the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式与所述第一信息相关联。The generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,所述预 编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数;In some embodiments, the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding The coding indication information indicates one transmission layer number or multiple transmission layer numbers;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息采用位图的方式指示预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息指示天线选择向量构成的预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors;
其中,所述天线端口数X是基于所述第一信道对应的天线端口数确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是基于网络设备的指示确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是预定义的;所述天线选择向量是指只有一个元素非零的列向量。The number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further comprises:
在所述第一信息的状态为第三状态或所述第一信息的值为第三数值的情况下,确定所述第一调度信息中还包括层数指示比特位;When the state of the first information is the third state or the value of the first information is the third value, determining that the first scheduling information also includes a layer number indication bit;
或,or,
在所述第一信息的状态为第四状态或所述第一信息的值为第四数值的情况下,确定所述第一调度信息中不包括层数指示比特位;When the state of the first information is the fourth state or the value of the first information is the fourth value, determining that the first scheduling information does not include a layer number indication bit;
或,or,
确定所述第一调度信息中包括层数指示比特位;Determining that the first scheduling information includes a layer number indication bit;
其中,所述层数指示比特位用于指示传输层数。The layer number indication bit is used to indicate the number of transmission layers.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further comprises:
获取网络设备发送的码本配置信息;所述码本配置信息用于确定第一信道对应的码本;Acquire codebook configuration information sent by a network device; the codebook configuration information is used to determine a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
基于所述第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本,包括:Determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information includes:
在所述第一信息的状态为第五状态或所述第一信息的值为第五数值的情况下,基于所述码本配置信息确定第一信道对应的码本。When the state of the first information is the fifth state or the value of the first information is the fifth value, a codebook corresponding to the first channel is determined based on the codebook configuration information.
在一些实施例中,所述码本配置信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
天线组数; Number of antenna groups;
水平维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the vertical dimension;
水平维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the vertical dimension;
天线组间的相位旋转系数;或The phase rotation factor between antenna groups; or
极化天线间的相位旋转系数。Phase rotation factor between polarized antennas.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further comprises:
在所述第一调度信息中不包括所述第一信息的情况下,确定第一信道对应的码本为预定义的码本。In a case where the first scheduling information does not include the first information, it is determined that the codebook corresponding to the first channel is a predefined codebook.
第二方面,本公开实施例提供一种信息传输方法,应用于网络设备,包括:In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information transmission method, which is applied to a network device, including:
基于第一信道对应的码本确定第一调度信息;Determine first scheduling information based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
在所述第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,向终端发送所述第一调度信息;所述第一信道对应的码本对应于所述第一信息。In a case where the first scheduling information includes first information, the first scheduling information is sent to a terminal; and a codebook corresponding to the first channel corresponds to the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further comprises:
向所述终端发送第二信息;所述第二信息用于指示第一调度信息中包括第一信息。Sending second information to the terminal; the second information is used to indicate that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息为码本子集信息。In some embodiments, the second information is codebook subset information.
在一些实施例中,在所述第二信息指示码本的类型为非相干码本的情况下,所述第一调度信息中包括的所述第一信息不指示码本,或,所述第一调度信息中不包括所述第一信息。In some embodiments, when the second information indicates that the type of the codebook is a non-coherent codebook, the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further comprises:
确定所述第一信息的比特宽度,所述第一信息的比特宽度与所述第二信息具有关联关系。A bit width of the first information is determined, wherein the bit width of the first information is associated with the second information.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息用于指示码本对应的类型和/或表格;In some embodiments, the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook;
和/或, and / or,
所述第一信息指示预设码本中不可用的预编码矩阵。The first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
在一些实施例中,在所述第一信息的状态为第一状态或所述第一信息的值为第一数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
全相干码本;Fully coherent codebook;
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本;Non-coherent codebook;
和/或,and / or,
在所述第一信息的状态为第二状态或所述第一信息的值为第二数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:When the state of the first information is the second state or the value of the first information is the second value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本。Non-coherent codebook.
在一些实施例中,所述第一调度信息中包括预编码指示信息,所述预编码指示信息指示所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵;In some embodiments, the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
所述第一信息和所述预编码指示信息通过同一个信息域或参数携带;The first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
或,or,
所述第一信息通过第一信息域或第一参数携带,所述预编码指示信息通过第二信息域或第二参数携带。The first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter, and the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息的编码方式与所述第一信息相关联;In some embodiments, the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式与所述第一信息相关联。The generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,所述预 编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数;In some embodiments, the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding The coding indication information indicates one transmission layer number or multiple transmission layer numbers;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息采用位图的方式指示预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息指示天线选择向量构成的预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors;
其中,所述天线端口数X是基于所述第一信道对应的天线端口数确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是基于网络设备的指示确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是预定义的;所述天线选择向量是指只有一个元素非零的列向量。The number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further comprises:
向所述终端发送码本配置信息;所述码本配置信息用于确定第一信道对应的码本。Sending codebook configuration information to the terminal; the codebook configuration information is used to determine a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
在一些实施例中,所述码本配置信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
天线组数;Number of antenna groups;
水平维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the vertical dimension;
水平维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the vertical dimension;
天线组间的相位旋转系数;或The phase rotation factor between antenna groups; or
极化天线间的相位旋转系数。Phase rotation factor between polarized antennas.
第三方面,本公开实施例提供一种终端,包括存储器,收发机,处理器;In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a terminal, including a memory, a transceiver, and a processor;
存储器,用于存储计算机程序;收发机,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:A memory for storing a computer program; a transceiver for transmitting and receiving data under the control of the processor; and a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
在第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,基于所述第一信息确 定第一信道对应的码本;所述第一信息为指示码本的信息;In the case where the first scheduling information includes the first information, determining based on the first information determining a codebook corresponding to a first channel; wherein the first information is information indicating the codebook;
基于所述第一信道对应的码本发送所述第一信道。The first channel is sent based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
在一些实施例中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:In some embodiments, the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
获取第二信息,并确定所述第一信道对应的天线端口数;Acquire second information, and determine the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel;
在所述天线端口数大于或等于第一预设值的情况下,基于所述第二信息确定所述第一调度信息中包括所述第一信息。When the number of antenna ports is greater than or equal to a first preset value, it is determined based on the second information that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息为码本子集信息。In some embodiments, the second information is codebook subset information.
在一些实施例中,在所述第二信息指示码本的类型为非相干码本的情况下,所述第一调度信息中包括的所述第一信息不指示码本,或,所述第一调度信息中不包括所述第一信息。In some embodiments, when the second information indicates that the type of the codebook is a non-coherent codebook, the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:In some embodiments, the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
基于所述第二信息确定第一调度信息中第一信息的比特宽度;determining a bit width of first information in the first scheduling information based on the second information;
基于所述比特宽度,确定所述第一信息。Based on the bit width, the first information is determined.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息用于指示码本对应的类型和/或表格;In some embodiments, the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信息指示预设码本中不可用的预编码矩阵。The first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
在一些实施例中,在所述第一信息的状态为第一状态或所述第一信息的值为第一数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
全相干码本;Fully coherent codebook;
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本;Non-coherent codebook;
和/或,and / or,
在所述第一信息的状态为第二状态或所述第一信息的值为第二 数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:When the state of the first information is the second state or the value of the first information is the second In the case of a numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本。Non-coherent codebook.
在一些实施例中,所述第一调度信息中包括预编码指示信息,所述预编码指示信息指示所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵;In some embodiments, the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
基于所述第一信道对应的码本发送所述第一信道,包括:Sending the first channel based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel includes:
从所述第一信道对应的码本中确定所述预编码指示信息指示的预编码矩阵;Determine a precoding matrix indicated by the precoding indication information from a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
基于所述预编码矩阵发送所述第一信道。The first channel is transmitted based on the precoding matrix.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息和所述预编码指示信息通过同一个信息域或参数携带;In some embodiments, the first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
或,or,
所述第一信息通过第一信息域或第一参数携带,所述预编码指示信息通过第二信息域或第二参数携带。The first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter, and the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息的编码方式与所述第一信息相关联;In some embodiments, the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式与所述第一信息相关联。The generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,所述预编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数;In some embodiments, the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息采用位图的方式指示预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息指示天线选择向量构成的预编码矩阵; The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors;
其中,所述天线端口数X是基于所述第一信道对应的天线端口数确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是基于网络设备的指示确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是预定义的;所述天线选择向量是指只有一个元素非零的列向量。The number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
在一些实施例中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:In some embodiments, the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
在所述第一信息的状态为第三状态或所述第一信息的值为第三数值的情况下,确定所述第一调度信息中还包括层数指示比特位;When the state of the first information is the third state or the value of the first information is the third value, determining that the first scheduling information also includes a layer number indication bit;
或,or,
在所述第一信息的状态为第四状态或所述第一信息的值为第四数值的情况下,确定所述第一调度信息中不包括层数指示比特位;When the state of the first information is the fourth state or the value of the first information is the fourth value, determining that the first scheduling information does not include a layer number indication bit;
或,or,
确定所述第一调度信息中包括层数指示比特位;Determining that the first scheduling information includes a layer number indication bit;
其中,所述层数指示比特位用于指示传输层数。The layer number indication bit is used to indicate the number of transmission layers.
在一些实施例中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:In some embodiments, the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
获取网络设备发送的码本配置信息;所述码本配置信息用于确定第一信道对应的码本;Acquire codebook configuration information sent by a network device; the codebook configuration information is used to determine a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
基于所述第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本,包括:Determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information includes:
在所述第一信息的状态为第五状态或所述第一信息的值为第五数值的情况下,基于所述码本配置信息确定第一信道对应的码本。When the state of the first information is the fifth state or the value of the first information is the fifth value, a codebook corresponding to the first channel is determined based on the codebook configuration information.
在一些实施例中,所述码本配置信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
天线组数;Number of antenna groups;
水平维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the vertical dimension;
水平维度的过采样因子; Oversampling factor in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the vertical dimension;
天线组间的相位旋转系数;或The phase rotation factor between antenna groups; or
极化天线间的相位旋转系数。Phase rotation factor between polarized antennas.
在一些实施例中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:In some embodiments, the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
在所述第一调度信息中不包括所述第一信息的情况下,确定第一信道对应的码本为预定义的码本。In a case where the first scheduling information does not include the first information, it is determined that the codebook corresponding to the first channel is a predefined codebook.
第四方面,本公开实施例提供一种网络设备,包括存储器,收发机,处理器;In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a network device, including a memory, a transceiver, and a processor;
存储器,用于存储计算机程序;收发机,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:A memory for storing a computer program; a transceiver for transmitting and receiving data under the control of the processor; and a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
基于第一信道对应的码本确定第一调度信息;Determine first scheduling information based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
在所述第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,向终端发送所述第一调度信息;所述第一信道对应的码本对应于所述第一信息。In a case where the first scheduling information includes first information, the first scheduling information is sent to a terminal; and a codebook corresponding to the first channel corresponds to the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:In some embodiments, the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
向所述终端发送第二信息;所述第二信息用于指示第一调度信息中包括第一信息。Sending second information to the terminal; the second information is used to indicate that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息为码本子集信息。In some embodiments, the second information is codebook subset information.
在一些实施例中,在所述第二信息指示码本的类型为非相干码本的情况下,所述第一调度信息中包括的所述第一信息不指示码本,或,所述第一调度信息中不包括所述第一信息。In some embodiments, when the second information indicates that the type of the codebook is a non-coherent codebook, the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:In some embodiments, the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
确定所述第一信息的比特宽度,所述第一信息的比特宽度与所述第二信息具有关联关系。 A bit width of the first information is determined, wherein the bit width of the first information is associated with the second information.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息用于指示码本对应的类型和/或表格;In some embodiments, the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信息指示预设码本中不可用的预编码矩阵。The first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
在一些实施例中,在所述第一信息的状态为第一状态或所述第一信息的值为第一数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
全相干码本;Fully coherent codebook;
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本;Non-coherent codebook;
和/或,and / or,
在所述第一信息的状态为第二状态或所述第一信息的值为第二数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:When the state of the first information is the second state or the value of the first information is the second value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本。Non-coherent codebook.
在一些实施例中,所述第一调度信息中包括预编码指示信息,所述预编码指示信息指示所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵;In some embodiments, the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
所述第一信息和所述预编码指示信息通过同一个信息域或参数携带;The first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
或,or,
所述第一信息通过第一信息域或第一参数携带,所述预编码指示信息通过第二信息域或第二参数携带。The first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter, and the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息的编码方式与所述第一信息相关联;In some embodiments, the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式与所述第一信息相 关联。The precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is generated in a manner similar to the first information. association.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,所述预编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数;In some embodiments, the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息采用位图的方式指示预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息指示天线选择向量构成的预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors;
其中,所述天线端口数X是基于所述第一信道对应的天线端口数确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是基于网络设备的指示确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是预定义的;所述天线选择向量是指只有一个元素非零的列向量。The number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
在一些实施例中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:In some embodiments, the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
向所述终端发送码本配置信息;所述码本配置信息用于确定第一信道对应的码本。Sending codebook configuration information to the terminal; the codebook configuration information is used to determine a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
在一些实施例中,所述码本配置信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
天线组数;Number of antenna groups;
水平维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the vertical dimension;
水平维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the vertical dimension;
天线组间的相位旋转系数;或The phase rotation factor between antenna groups; or
极化天线间的相位旋转系数。Phase rotation factor between polarized antennas.
第五方面,本公开实施例提供一种信息传输装置,包括:In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information transmission device, including:
第一确定模块,用于在第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下, 基于所述第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本;所述第一信息为指示码本的信息;A first determining module is configured to, when the first scheduling information includes the first information, Determine a codebook corresponding to a first channel based on the first information; the first information is information indicating a codebook;
第一发送模块,用于基于所述第一信道对应的码本发送所述第一信道。The first sending module is configured to send the first channel based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
在一些实施例中,还包括第一获取模块和第三确定模块;In some embodiments, it further includes a first acquisition module and a third determination module;
所述第一获取模块用于获取第二信息,并确定所述第一信道对应的天线端口数;The first acquisition module is used to acquire second information and determine the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel;
所述第三确定模块用于在所述天线端口数大于或等于第一预设值的情况下,基于所述第二信息确定所述第一调度信息中包括所述第一信息。The third determination module is used to determine, based on the second information, that the first scheduling information includes the first information when the number of antenna ports is greater than or equal to a first preset value.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息为码本子集信息。In some embodiments, the second information is codebook subset information.
在一些实施例中,在所述第二信息指示码本的类型为非相干码本的情况下,所述第一调度信息中包括的所述第一信息不指示码本,或,所述第一调度信息中不包括所述第一信息。In some embodiments, when the second information indicates that the type of the codebook is a non-coherent codebook, the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
在一些实施例中,还包括第四确定模块和第五确定模块;In some embodiments, a fourth determination module and a fifth determination module are further included;
所述第四确定模块用于基于所述第二信息确定第一调度信息中第一信息的比特宽度;The fourth determination module is used to determine the bit width of the first information in the first scheduling information based on the second information;
所述第五确定模块用于基于所述比特宽度,确定所述第一信息。The fifth determination module is used to determine the first information based on the bit width.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息用于指示码本对应的类型和/或表格;In some embodiments, the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信息指示预设码本中不可用的预编码矩阵。The first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
在一些实施例中,在所述第一信息的状态为第一状态或所述第一信息的值为第一数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
全相干码本;Fully coherent codebook;
部分相干码本;或 Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本;Non-coherent codebook;
和/或,and / or,
在所述第一信息的状态为第二状态或所述第一信息的值为第二数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:When the state of the first information is the second state or the value of the first information is the second value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本。Non-coherent codebook.
在一些实施例中,所述第一调度信息中包括预编码指示信息,所述预编码指示信息指示所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵;In some embodiments, the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
基于所述第一信道对应的码本发送所述第一信道,包括:Sending the first channel based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel includes:
从所述第一信道对应的码本中确定所述预编码指示信息指示的预编码矩阵;Determine a precoding matrix indicated by the precoding indication information from a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
基于所述预编码矩阵发送所述第一信道。The first channel is transmitted based on the precoding matrix.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息和所述预编码指示信息通过同一个信息域或参数携带;In some embodiments, the first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
或,or,
所述第一信息通过第一信息域或第一参数携带,所述预编码指示信息通过第二信息域或第二参数携带。The first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter, and the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息的编码方式与所述第一信息相关联;In some embodiments, the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式与所述第一信息相关联。The generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,所述预编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数;In some embodiments, the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
或, or,
所述预编码指示信息采用位图的方式指示预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息指示天线选择向量构成的预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors;
其中,所述天线端口数X是基于所述第一信道对应的天线端口数确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是基于网络设备的指示确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是预定义的;所述天线选择向量是指只有一个元素非零的列向量。The number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
在一些实施例中,还包括第六确定模块;所述第六确定模块用于:In some embodiments, a sixth determining module is further included; the sixth determining module is used to:
在所述第一信息的状态为第三状态或所述第一信息的值为第三数值的情况下,确定所述第一调度信息中还包括层数指示比特位;When the state of the first information is the third state or the value of the first information is the third value, determining that the first scheduling information also includes a layer number indication bit;
或,or,
在所述第一信息的状态为第四状态或所述第一信息的值为第四数值的情况下,确定所述第一调度信息中不包括层数指示比特位;When the state of the first information is the fourth state or the value of the first information is the fourth value, determining that the first scheduling information does not include a layer number indication bit;
或,or,
确定所述第一调度信息中包括层数指示比特位;Determining that the first scheduling information includes a layer number indication bit;
其中,所述层数指示比特位用于指示传输层数。The layer number indication bit is used to indicate the number of transmission layers.
在一些实施例中,还包括第二获取模块;In some embodiments, a second acquisition module is also included;
所述第二获取模块用于获取网络设备发送的码本配置信息;所述码本配置信息用于确定第一信道对应的码本;The second acquisition module is used to acquire codebook configuration information sent by the network device; the codebook configuration information is used to determine the codebook corresponding to the first channel;
基于所述第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本,包括:Determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information includes:
在所述第一信息的状态为第五状态或所述第一信息的值为第五数值的情况下,基于所述码本配置信息确定第一信道对应的码本。When the state of the first information is the fifth state or the value of the first information is the fifth value, a codebook corresponding to the first channel is determined based on the codebook configuration information.
在一些实施例中,所述码本配置信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
天线组数;Number of antenna groups;
水平维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的天线数; Number of antennas in the vertical dimension;
水平维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the vertical dimension;
天线组间的相位旋转系数;或The phase rotation factor between antenna groups; or
极化天线间的相位旋转系数。Phase rotation factor between polarized antennas.
在一些实施例中,还包括第七确定模块;In some embodiments, a seventh determination module is further included;
所述第七确定模块用于在所述第一调度信息中不包括所述第一信息的情况下,确定第一信道对应的码本为预定义的码本。The seventh determination module is configured to determine, when the first scheduling information does not include the first information, that the codebook corresponding to the first channel is a predefined codebook.
第六方面,本公开实施例提供一种信息传输装置,包括:In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information transmission device, including:
第二确定模块,用于基于第一信道对应的码本确定第一调度信息;A second determining module, configured to determine first scheduling information based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
第二发送模块,用于在所述第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,向终端发送所述第一调度信息;所述第一信道对应的码本对应于所述第一信息。The second sending module is used to send the first scheduling information to the terminal when the first scheduling information includes first information; the codebook corresponding to the first channel corresponds to the first information.
在一些实施例中,还包括第三发送模块;In some embodiments, a third sending module is also included;
所述第三发送模块用于向所述终端发送第二信息;所述第二信息用于指示第一调度信息中包括第一信息。The third sending module is used to send second information to the terminal; the second information is used to indicate that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息为码本子集信息。In some embodiments, the second information is codebook subset information.
在一些实施例中,在所述第二信息指示码本的类型为非相干码本的情况下,所述第一调度信息中包括的所述第一信息不指示码本,或,所述第一调度信息中不包括所述第一信息。In some embodiments, when the second information indicates that the type of the codebook is a non-coherent codebook, the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
在一些实施例中,还包括第八确定模块;In some embodiments, an eighth determination module is also included;
所述第八确定模块用于确定所述第一信息的比特宽度,所述第一信息的比特宽度与所述第二信息具有关联关系。The eighth determination module is used to determine a bit width of the first information, and the bit width of the first information is associated with the second information.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息用于指示码本对应的类型和/或表格;In some embodiments, the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信息指示预设码本中不可用的预编码矩阵。The first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
在一些实施例中,在所述第一信息的状态为第一状态或所述第一 信息的值为第一数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, the state of the first information is the first state or the first When the value of the information is a first value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
全相干码本;Fully coherent codebook;
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本;Non-coherent codebook;
和/或,and / or,
在所述第一信息的状态为第二状态或所述第一信息的值为第二数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:When the state of the first information is the second state or the value of the first information is the second value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本。Non-coherent codebook.
在一些实施例中,所述第一调度信息中包括预编码指示信息,所述预编码指示信息指示所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵;In some embodiments, the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
所述第一信息和所述预编码指示信息通过同一个信息域或参数携带;The first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
或,or,
所述第一信息通过第一信息域或第一参数携带,所述预编码指示信息通过第二信息域或第二参数携带。The first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter, and the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息的编码方式与所述第一信息相关联;In some embodiments, the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式与所述第一信息相关联。The generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,所述预编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数;In some embodiments, the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
或, or,
所述预编码指示信息采用位图的方式指示预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息指示天线选择向量构成的预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors;
其中,所述天线端口数X是基于所述第一信道对应的天线端口数确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是基于网络设备的指示确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是预定义的;所述天线选择向量是指只有一个元素非零的列向量。The number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
在一些实施例中,还包括第四发送模块;In some embodiments, a fourth sending module is further included;
所述第四发送模块用于向所述终端发送码本配置信息;所述码本配置信息用于确定第一信道对应的码本。The fourth sending module is used to send codebook configuration information to the terminal; the codebook configuration information is used to determine the codebook corresponding to the first channel.
在一些实施例中,所述码本配置信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
天线组数;Number of antenna groups;
水平维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the vertical dimension;
水平维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the vertical dimension;
天线组间的相位旋转系数;或The phase rotation factor between antenna groups; or
极化天线间的相位旋转系数。Phase rotation factor between polarized antennas.
第七方面,本公开实施例还提供一种处理器可读存储介质,所述处理器可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于使处理器执行如上所述第一方面或第二方面所述的信息传输方法。In the seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a processor-readable storage medium, wherein the processor-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to enable the processor to execute the information transmission method described in the first aspect or the second aspect as described above.
第八方面,本公开实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于使计算机执行如上所述第一方面或第二方面所述的信息传输方法。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to enable a computer to execute the information transmission method described in the first aspect or the second aspect as described above.
第九方面,本公开实施例还提供一种通信设备可读存储介质,所述通信设备可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于使 通信设备执行如上所述第一方面或第二方面所述的信息传输方法。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a communication device readable storage medium, wherein the communication device readable storage medium stores a computer program, wherein the computer program is used to enable The communication device executes the information transmission method described in the first aspect or the second aspect as described above.
第十方面,本公开实施例还提供一种芯片产品可读存储介质,所述芯片产品可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于使芯片产品执行如上所述第一方面或第二方面所述的信息传输方法。In the tenth aspect, the embodiments of the present disclosure further provide a chip product readable storage medium, wherein the chip product readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to enable the chip product to execute the information transmission method described in the first aspect or the second aspect as described above.
本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法,终端通过判断调度信息中是否包括第一信息,在调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,基于该第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本,避免终端预先存储很多的预编码矩阵指示表格,降低了预编码矩阵确定的复杂度,提高了信息传输效率。In the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the terminal determines whether the scheduling information includes the first information. When the scheduling information includes the first information, the terminal determines the codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information, thereby avoiding the terminal pre-storing a large number of precoding matrix indication tables, reducing the complexity of precoding matrix determination, and improving information transmission efficiency.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本公开实施例或现有技术中的技术方案,下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作一简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图是本公开的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the embodiments of the present disclosure or the technical solutions in the prior art, the drawings required for use in the embodiments or the description of the prior art will be briefly introduced below. Obviously, the drawings described below are some embodiments of the present disclosure. For ordinary technicians in this field, other drawings can be obtained based on these drawings without paying any creative work.
图1是本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法的流程示意图之一;FIG1 is a flow chart of an information transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图2是本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法的流程示意图之二;FIG2 is a second flow chart of the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图3是本公开实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图;FIG3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4是本公开实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图;FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图5是本公开实施例提供的一种信息传输装置的结构示意图之一;FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a structure of an information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6是本公开实施例提供的一种信息传输装置的结构示意图之二。FIG. 6 is a second schematic diagram of the structure of an information transmission device provided in an embodiment of the present disclosure.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
第三代合作伙伴计划(The 3rd Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP)NR系统支持基于码本的PUSCH传输。对于基于码本的PUSCH传输,当其对应的天线端口数为N时,从一个天线端口数为N的码本中指示预编码矩阵。NR系统支持基站通过无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令为基于码本的PUSCH传输配置码本子集,其(RRC信令)包括三个候选取值:全相干(fullyAndPartialAndNonCoherent)、部分相干(partialAndNonCoherent)和非相干(nonCoherent)。不同的候选取值对应于不同的码本子集,且fullyAndPartialAndNonCoherent对应的码本子集中包括partialAndNonCoherent对应的码本子集的全部码字(即预编码矩阵),partialAndNonCoherent对应的码本子集中包括nonCoherentt中对应的码本子集的全部码字。The 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP) NR system supports codebook-based PUSCH transmission. For codebook-based PUSCH transmission, when the number of corresponding antenna ports is N, the precoding matrix is indicated from a codebook with N antenna ports. The NR system supports the base station to configure a codebook subset for codebook-based PUSCH transmission through Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling, which (RRC signaling) includes three candidate values: fully And Partial And Non Coherent, partially coherent, and non-coherent. Different candidate values correspond to different codebook subsets, and the codebook subset corresponding to fully And Partial And Non Coherent includes all codewords (i.e., precoding matrices) of the codebook subset corresponding to partial And Non Coherent, and the codebook subset corresponding to partial And Non Coherent includes all codewords of the codebook subset corresponding to non Coherentt.
当前NR系统的码本设计没有考虑UE天线结构的差异,上行码本仅与天线端口数有关,跟UE具体的天线结构无关。The current NR system codebook design does not take into account the differences in UE antenna structures. The uplink codebook is only related to the number of antenna ports and has nothing to do with the specific antenna structure of the UE.
随着UE天线数目的增多,使用一个与UE的天线结构无关的通用型上行码本将降低上行传输的性能。从而产生了采用与UE的天线结构相匹配的码本的需求。As the number of UE antennas increases, using a universal uplink codebook that is independent of the UE antenna structure will reduce the performance of uplink transmission, which creates a need to use a codebook that matches the UE antenna structure.
在系统中存在为不同的UE天线结构设计的不同的码本时,如果fullyAndPartialAndNonCoherent对应的码本子集中包括partialAndNonCoherent对应的码本子集的全部码字(即预编码矩阵),partialAndNonCoherent对应的码本子集中包括nonCoherentt中对应的码本子集的全部码字,会导致码本的组合将非常多。UE需要预先存储很多的预编码矩阵指示表格,并根据基站的配置参数确定预编码矩阵指示表格后,基于所确定的预编码矩阵指示表格确定基站发送的预编码矩阵指示信息指示的是哪个预编码矩阵。这增加了UE的存储开销和预编码矩阵确定的复杂度。When there are different codebooks designed for different UE antenna structures in the system, if the codebook subset corresponding to fullyAndPartialAndNonCoherent includes all the codewords (i.e., precoding matrices) of the codebook subset corresponding to partialAndNonCoherent, and the codebook subset corresponding to partialAndNonCoherent includes all the codewords of the codebook subset corresponding to nonCoherentt, there will be a lot of codebook combinations. The UE needs to pre-store a lot of precoding matrix indication tables, and after determining the precoding matrix indication table according to the configuration parameters of the base station, determine which precoding matrix the precoding matrix indication information sent by the base station indicates based on the determined precoding matrix indication table. This increases the storage overhead of the UE and the complexity of the precoding matrix determination.
基于上述技术问题,本公开实施例提出一种信息传输方法,该方法中,终端通过判断调度信息中是否包括第一信息,在调度信息中包 括第一信息的情况下,基于该第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本,避免终端预先存储很多的预编码矩阵指示表格,降低了预编码矩阵确定的复杂度,提高了信息传输效率。Based on the above technical problem, the embodiment of the present disclosure proposes an information transmission method, in which the terminal determines whether the scheduling information includes the first information, and includes the first information in the scheduling information. In the case where the first information is included, a codebook corresponding to the first channel is determined based on the first information, so that the terminal is prevented from pre-storing a large number of precoding matrix indication tables, the complexity of determining the precoding matrix is reduced, and the information transmission efficiency is improved.
为使本公开实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合本公开实施例中的附图,对本公开实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本公开一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本公开中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本公开保护的范围。In order to make the purpose, technical solution and advantages of the embodiments of the present disclosure clearer, the technical solution in the embodiments of the present disclosure will be clearly and completely described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present disclosure. Obviously, the described embodiments are only part of the embodiments of the present disclosure, not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in the present disclosure, all other embodiments obtained by ordinary technicians in this field without creative work are within the scope of protection of the present disclosure.
图1是本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法的流程示意图之一,如图1所示,本公开实施例提供一种信息传输方法,其执行主体可以为终端,例如,手机等。该方法包括:FIG1 is one of the flowcharts of the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG1 , the embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information transmission method, the execution subject of which may be a terminal, such as a mobile phone, etc. The method includes:
步骤101、在第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,基于所述第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本;所述第一信息为指示码本的信息。Step 101: When first scheduling information includes first information, determine a codebook corresponding to a first channel based on the first information; the first information is information indicating a codebook.
具体地,在本公开实施例中,在第一调度信息中包括指示码本的信息,终端基于指示码本的信息确定第一信道对应的码本。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first scheduling information includes information indicating a codebook, and the terminal determines a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the information indicating the codebook.
第一调度信息为用于调度第一信道的信息。可以为上行调度信息,也可以为下行调度信息。The first scheduling information is information used to schedule the first channel, and may be uplink scheduling information or downlink scheduling information.
第一信息可以有不同的状态或不同的取值,不同状态的第一信息或不同取值的第一信息可以指示不同的码本。The first information may have different states or different values, and the first information in different states or the first information in different values may indicate different codebooks.
第一信道可以为PUSCH、物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel,PUCCH)、物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)、物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)等。The first channel can be PUSCH, physical uplink control channel (Physical Uplink Control Channel, PUCCH), physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH), physical downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH), etc.
步骤102、基于所述第一信道对应的码本发送所述第一信道。Step 102: Send the first channel based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
具体地,在本公开实施例中,终端确定第一信道对应的码本之后,终端基于该第一信道对应的码本发送第一信道。 Specifically, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, after the terminal determines the codebook corresponding to the first channel, the terminal sends the first channel based on the codebook corresponding to the first channel.
例如,终端确定PUSCH对应的码本之后,可以先从PUSCH对应的码本中选择一个预编码矩阵,基于选出的预编码矩阵发送PUSCH。For example, after the terminal determines the codebook corresponding to the PUSCH, it may first select a precoding matrix from the codebook corresponding to the PUSCH, and send the PUSCH based on the selected precoding matrix.
例如,终端确定PDSCH对应的码本之后,可以先从PDSCH对应的码本中选择一个预编码矩阵,基于选出的预编码矩阵发送PDSCH。For example, after the terminal determines the codebook corresponding to the PDSCH, it may first select a precoding matrix from the codebook corresponding to the PDSCH, and send the PDSCH based on the selected precoding matrix.
发送第一信道可以是指发送该第一信道上的信息,或者,发送第一信道可以是指进行该第一信道的传输,或者,发送第一信道可以是指在该第一信道上进行数据等的传输。Sending the first channel may refer to sending information on the first channel, or sending the first channel may refer to performing transmission on the first channel, or sending the first channel may refer to performing transmission of data, etc. on the first channel.
本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法,终端通过判断调度信息中是否包括第一信息,在调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,基于该第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本,避免终端预先存储很多的预编码矩阵指示表格,降低了预编码矩阵确定的复杂度,提高了信息传输效率。In the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the terminal determines whether the scheduling information includes the first information. When the scheduling information includes the first information, the terminal determines the codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information, thereby avoiding the terminal pre-storing a large number of precoding matrix indication tables, reducing the complexity of precoding matrix determination, and improving information transmission efficiency.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:获取第二信息,并确定所述第一信道对应的天线端口数;In some embodiments, the method further includes: acquiring second information, and determining the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel;
在所述天线端口数大于或等于第一预设值的情况下,基于所述第二信息确定所述第一调度信息中包括所述第一信息。When the number of antenna ports is greater than or equal to a first preset value, it is determined based on the second information that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
具体地,在本公开实施例中,可以基于第二信息和/或第一信道对应的天线端口数确定第一调度信息中是否包括第一信息。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, it can be determined whether the first scheduling information includes the first information based on the second information and/or the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel.
终端可以先获取第二信息,并确定第一信道对应的天线端口数。The terminal may first obtain the second information and determine the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel.
然后,判断第一信道对应的天线端口数与第一预设值的关系,在第一信道对应的天线端口数大于或等于第一预设值的情况下,终端基于第二信息确定第一调度信息中包括第一信息。Then, the relationship between the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel and the first preset value is determined. When the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel is greater than or equal to the first preset value, the terminal determines that the first scheduling information includes the first information based on the second information.
可选地,在第一信道对应的天线端口数小于第一预设值的情况下,终端可以不再判断第一调度信息中是否包括第一信息,或者,终端基于第二信息确定第一调度信息中不包括第一信息。此种情况下,终端可以采用已有方案确定第一信道对应的码本,此处不再赘述。 Optionally, when the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel is less than the first preset value, the terminal may no longer determine whether the first scheduling information includes the first information, or the terminal determines that the first scheduling information does not include the first information based on the second information. In this case, the terminal may use an existing solution to determine the codebook corresponding to the first channel, which is not described here.
第一预设值是可以配置的,具体值可以根据实际进行配置,例如,配置为4、7、8、16等。The first preset value is configurable, and the specific value can be configured according to actual conditions, for example, configured to 4, 7, 8, 16, etc.
第二信息可以有不同的状态或不同的取值,不同状态的第二信息或不同取值的第二信息可以指示不同的含义,例如,第二信息的值为0,表示第一调度信息中包括第一信息,第二信息的值为1,表示第一调度信息中不包括第一信息。The second information may have different states or different values. The second information in different states or the second information in different values may indicate different meanings. For example, the value of the second information is 0, indicating that the first scheduling information includes the first information. The value of the second information is 1, indicating that the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
例如,针对PUSCH,PUSCH信道对应的天线端口数可以通过用途(usage)与PUSCH的传输模式相对应的探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal,SRS)资源包括的天线端口数指示信息确定,或者,通过上行调度信息中用来指示PUSCH传输对应的SRS资源的信息(例如为SRS资源指示信息,即探测参考信息(Sounding Reference Information,SRI))。在这个例子中,需要基于SRI确定SRS资源,该SRS资源的天线端口数即为PUSCH的天线端口数。For example, for PUSCH, the number of antenna ports corresponding to the PUSCH channel can be determined by the antenna port number indication information included in the Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) resource corresponding to the PUSCH transmission mode, or by the information used to indicate the SRS resource corresponding to the PUSCH transmission in the uplink scheduling information (for example, SRS resource indication information, i.e., Sounding Reference Information (SRI)). In this example, the SRS resource needs to be determined based on the SRI, and the number of antenna ports of the SRS resource is the number of antenna ports of the PUSCH.
本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法,基于第一信道对应的天线端口数,确定第一信道对应的码本的获取方案,在第一信道对应的天线端口数大于或等于第一预设值的情况下,终端基于调度信息中包括的第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本,避免终端预先存储很多的预编码矩阵指示表格,降低了预编码矩阵确定的复杂度,提高了信息传输效率。The information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure determines the acquisition scheme of the codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel. When the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel is greater than or equal to the first preset value, the terminal determines the codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information included in the scheduling information, thereby avoiding the terminal pre-storing a large number of precoding matrix indication tables, reducing the complexity of precoding matrix determination, and improving information transmission efficiency.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息为码本子集信息,和/或,所述第二信息为用来指示调度信息中包括第一信息的信息。In some embodiments, the second information is codebook subset information, and/or the second information is information used to indicate that the scheduling information includes the first information.
具体地,在本公开实施例中,第二信息为码本子集信息。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the second information is codebook subset information.
码本子集信息可以指示全相干码本子集,例如,codebookSubset的取值为fullyAndPartialAndNonCoherent。The codebook subset information may indicate a fully coherent codebook subset, for example, the value of codebookSubset is fullyAndPartialAndNonCoherent.
码本子集信息也可以指示部分相干码本子集,例如,codebookSubset的取值为PartialAndNonCoherent。The codebook subset information may also indicate a partially coherent codebook subset, for example, the value of codebookSubset is PartialAndNonCoherent.
码本子集信息还可以指示非相干码本子集,例如,codebookSubset 的取值为NonCoherent。The codebook subset information may also indicate a non-coherent codebook subset, for example, codebookSubset The value of is NonCoherent.
本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法,终端基于码本子集信息确定调度信息中包括第一信息,并基于该第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本,进一步提高了信息传输效率。In the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the terminal determines that the scheduling information includes the first information based on the codebook subset information, and determines the codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information, thereby further improving the information transmission efficiency.
在一些实施例中,在所述第二信息指示码本的类型为非相干码本的情况下,所述第一调度信息中包括的所述第一信息不指示码本,或,所述第一调度信息中不包括所述第一信息。In some embodiments, when the second information indicates that the type of the codebook is a non-coherent codebook, the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
具体地,在本公开实施例中,可以使用第二信息指示码本的类型。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the second information may be used to indicate the type of the codebook.
第二信息可以指示码本的类型为全相干码本。The second information may indicate that the type of the codebook is a fully coherent codebook.
第二信息也可以指示码本的类型为部分相干码本。The second information may also indicate that the type of the codebook is a partially coherent codebook.
第二信息还可以指示码本的类型为非相干码本。The second information may also indicate that the type of the codebook is a non-coherent codebook.
可选地,在第二信息指示码本的类型为非相干码本的情况下,第一调度信息中包括的第一信息不指示码本,或,第一调度信息中不包括第一信息。Optionally, when the second information indicates that the type of the codebook is a non-coherent codebook, the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate the codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
例如,在第二信息指示码本的类型为非相干码本的情况下,第一调度信息中不包括第一信息。For example, when the second information indicates that the type of the codebook is a non-coherent codebook, the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
例如,在第二信息指示码本的类型为非相干码本的情况下,第一调度信息中不包括专门用来指示码本的信息域。For example, when the second information indicates that the type of the codebook is a non-coherent codebook, the first scheduling information does not include an information field specifically used to indicate the codebook.
例如,在第二信息指示码本的类型为非相干码本的情况下,第一调度信息中包括的第一信息不指示码本。For example, when the second information indicates that the type of the codebook is a non-coherent codebook, the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate the codebook.
例如,在第二信息指示码本的类型为非相干码本的情况下,第一调度信息中包括的第一信息不指示码本为哪种相干类型的码本。For example, when the second information indicates that the type of the codebook is a non-coherent codebook, the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate which type of coherent codebook the codebook is.
本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法,在第二信息指示码本的类型为非相干码本的情况下,第一调度信息中包括的第一信息不指示码本,或,第一调度信息中不包括第一信息,进一步降低了终端确定预编码矩阵的复杂度,提高了信息传输的效率。In the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, when the second information indicates that the type of the codebook is a non-coherent codebook, the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate the codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information, which further reduces the complexity of the terminal determining the precoding matrix and improves the efficiency of information transmission.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括: In some embodiments, the method further comprises:
基于所述第二信息确定第一调度信息中第一信息的比特宽度;determining a bit width of first information in the first scheduling information based on the second information;
基于所述比特宽度,确定所述第一信息。Based on the bit width, the first information is determined.
具体地,在本公开实施例中,终端还可以先基于第二信息确定第一调度信息中第一信息的比特宽度,然后,再基于比特宽度,进行第一调度信息的译码,确定第一信息。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the terminal may also first determine the bit width of the first information in the first scheduling information based on the second information, and then decode the first scheduling information based on the bit width to determine the first information.
例如,对于第二信息的第一取值和第二取值,第一调度信息中第一信息的比特宽度不同。换句话说,第二信息的取值不同,第一调度信息中第一信息的比特宽度不同。For example, for the first value and the second value of the second information, the bit width of the first information in the first scheduling information is different. In other words, for the second information, the bit width of the first information in the first scheduling information is different.
本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法,第二信息的取值不同,第一调度信息中第一信息的比特宽度不同,终端基于第一调度信息中第一信息的比特宽度,进行第一调度信息的译码,确定第一信息,进一步降低了终端确定预编码矩阵的复杂度,提高了信息传输的效率。In the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the value of the second information is different, and the bit width of the first information in the first scheduling information is different. The terminal decodes the first scheduling information based on the bit width of the first information in the first scheduling information to determine the first information, which further reduces the complexity of the terminal in determining the precoding matrix and improves the efficiency of information transmission.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息用于指示码本对应的类型和/或表格;In some embodiments, the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信息指示预设码本中不可用的预编码矩阵。The first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
具体地,在本公开实施例中,第一调度信息中包括的第一信息可以指示码本的相干传输类型,例如,为全相干(FC)码本、部分相干(PC)码本、非相干(NC)码本中的哪一种或多种。Specifically, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the first information included in the first scheduling information may indicate the coherent transmission type of the codebook, for example, one or more of a fully coherent (FC) codebook, a partially coherent (PC) codebook, and a non-coherent (NC) codebook.
可选地,第一调度信息中包括的第一信息可以指示码本对应的表格,例如,为FC码本对应的表格、PC码本对应的表格、NC码本对应的表格中的哪一种或多种。Optionally, the first information included in the first scheduling information may indicate a table corresponding to a codebook, for example, one or more of a table corresponding to an FC codebook, a table corresponding to a PC codebook, and a table corresponding to an NC codebook.
可选地,第一调度信息中包括的第一信息指示为哪种码本,不同的码本至少对应于一个不同的参数。Optionally, the first information included in the first scheduling information indicates which codebook is used, and different codebooks correspond to at least one different parameter.
可选地,第一调度信息中包括的第一信息指示预设码本中不可用的预编码矩阵。预设码本中除不可用的预编码矩阵之外的其他预编码矩阵的集合,即为第一信道对应的码本。例如,预设码本中共有预编 码矩阵1、预编码矩阵2和预编码矩阵3,三个预编码矩阵,第一调度信息中包括的第一信息指示预编码矩阵2不可用,则由预编码矩阵1和预编码矩阵3构成的码本,即为第一信道对应的码本。Optionally, the first information included in the first scheduling information indicates an unavailable precoding matrix in the preset codebook. A set of other precoding matrices in the preset codebook except the unavailable precoding matrix is the codebook corresponding to the first channel. For example, there are a total of There are three precoding matrices: code matrix 1, precoding matrix 2 and precoding matrix 3. The first information included in the first scheduling information indicates that precoding matrix 2 is unavailable. The codebook composed of precoding matrix 1 and precoding matrix 3 is the codebook corresponding to the first channel.
本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法,第一信息用于指示码本对应的类型和/或表格,或者,第一信息指示预设码本中不可用的预编码矩阵,进一步降低了终端确定预编码矩阵的复杂度,提高了信息传输的效率。In the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook, or the first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in the preset codebook, which further reduces the complexity of the terminal determining the precoding matrix and improves the efficiency of information transmission.
在一些实施例中,在所述第一信息的状态为第一状态或所述第一信息的值为第一数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
全相干码本;Fully coherent codebook;
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本;Non-coherent codebook;
和/或,and / or,
在所述第一信息的状态为第二状态或所述第一信息的值为第二数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:When the state of the first information is the second state or the value of the first information is the second value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本。Non-coherent codebook.
具体地,在本公开实施例中,在所述第一信息的状态为第一状态或所述第一信息的值为第一数值的情况下,第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:Specifically, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
全相干码本;Fully coherent codebook;
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本。Non-coherent codebook.
以第二信息为码本子集信息,上行调度为例,在码本子集信息指示FC时,上行调度信息中的第一信息进一步指示上行码本为FC码 本、PC码本或NC码本中的哪些码本。Taking the second information as codebook subset information, uplink scheduling as an example, when the codebook subset information indicates FC, the first information in the uplink scheduling information further indicates that the uplink codebook is FC code Which codebooks are selected from the following: codebook, PC codebook or NC codebook.
可选地,在所述第一信息的状态为第一状态或所述第一信息的值为第一数值的情况下,第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:Optionally, when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is a first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本。Non-coherent codebook.
以第二信息为码本子集信息,上行调度为例,在码本子集信息指示PC时,上行调度信息中的第一信息进一步指示上行码本为PC码本或NC码本中的哪些码本。Taking the uplink scheduling as an example in which the second information is the codebook subset information, when the codebook subset information indicates PC, the first information in the uplink scheduling information further indicates which codebooks the uplink codebook is in the PC codebook or the NC codebook.
可选地,以第二信息为码本子集信息,上行调度为例,在码本子集信息指示NC时,上行调度信息不指示上行码本为哪种相干类型的码本,默认使用NC码本。Optionally, taking the second information as codebook subset information, uplink scheduling is taken as an example, when the codebook subset information indicates NC, the uplink scheduling information does not indicate which coherent type of the uplink codebook is, and the NC codebook is used by default.
本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法,第一信息可以有不同的状态或不同的取值,不同状态的第一信息或不同取值的第一信息可以指示不同的码本,进一步降低了终端确定预编码矩阵的复杂度,提高了信息传输的效率。In the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first information can have different states or different values, and the first information in different states or the first information with different values can indicate different codebooks, which further reduces the complexity of the terminal in determining the precoding matrix and improves the efficiency of information transmission.
在一些实施例中,所述第一调度信息中包括预编码指示信息,所述预编码指示信息指示所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵;In some embodiments, the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
基于所述第一信道对应的码本发送所述第一信道,包括:Sending the first channel based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel includes:
从所述第一信道对应的码本中确定所述预编码指示信息指示的预编码矩阵;Determine a precoding matrix indicated by the precoding indication information from a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
基于所述预编码矩阵发送所述第一信道。The first channel is transmitted based on the precoding matrix.
具体地,在本公开实施例中,第一调度信息中包括预编码指示信息,预编码指示信息从第一信息指示的码本中指示预编码矩阵,即,终端基于第一信息指示的码本确定预编码指示信息。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix from a codebook indicated by the first information, that is, the terminal determines the precoding indication information based on the codebook indicated by the first information.
终端首先从第一信道对应的码本中确定预编码指示信息指示的预编码矩阵,然后,基于该预编码矩阵发送第一信道。 The terminal first determines the precoding matrix indicated by the precoding indication information from the codebook corresponding to the first channel, and then sends the first channel based on the precoding matrix.
可选地,预编码指示信息指示i1,1,i1,2,i2,i3,i1,N,n中的一项或多项,终端基于i1,1,i1,2,i2,i3,i1,N,n中的一项或多项确定预编码矩阵。其中N是网络设备配置的参数,可选地,N用来表征天线组数,n=1,2,…,N-1。i1,1,i1,2,i2,i3,i1,N,n为用于确定预编码矩阵的参数。Optionally, the precoding indication information indicates one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n , and the terminal determines the precoding matrix based on one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n . Wherein N is a parameter configured by the network device, and optionally, N is used to characterize the number of antenna groups, n=1,2,…,N-1. i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n are parameters used to determine the precoding matrix.
可选地,i1,1,i1,2,i2,i3,i1,N,n中的一项或多项独立编码。Optionally, one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n are independently encoded.
例如,i1,1的比特宽度为i1,1的比特宽度为i1,2的比特宽度为i1,2的比特宽度为i2的比特宽度为2,i2的比特宽度为1,i3的比特宽度为1,i3的比特宽度为2,i1,N,n的比特宽度为1,i1,N,n的比特宽度为2。其中,N1、O1、N2、O2中的一项或多项根据基站配置的参数确定,或者,N1、O1、N2、O2中的一项或多项为码本配置参数。For example, the bit width of i 1,1 is The bit width of i 1,1 is The bit width of i 1,2 is The bit width of i 1,2 is The bit width of i 2 is 2, the bit width of i 2 is 1, the bit width of i 3 is 1, the bit width of i 3 is 2, the bit width of i 1,N,n is 1, and the bit width of i 1,N,n is 2. Among them, one or more of N 1 , O 1 , N 2 , and O 2 are determined according to parameters configured by the base station, or one or more of N 1 , O 1 , N 2 , and O 2 are codebook configuration parameters.
可选地,对于第一层数和第二层数,i1,1,i1,2,i2,i3,i1,N,n中的一项或多项的比特宽度不同。Optionally, for the first number of layers and the second number of layers, bit widths of one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n are different.
可选地,对于第一层数和第二层数,O1或O2的取值不同。Optionally, for the first number of layers and the second number of layers, the values of O 1 or O 2 are different.
可选地,i1,1,i1,2,i2,i3,i1,N,n中的一项或多项联合编码。Optionally, one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n are jointly encoded.
例如,i1,1,i1,2通过比特联合编码。For example, i 1,1 ,i 1,2 by Bit joint coding.
可选地,在层数为1时,码本如下表所示:
Optionally, when the number of layers is 1, the codebook is as shown in the following table:
可选地,在层数为2时,码本如下表所示:
Optionally, when the number of layers is 2, the codebook is as shown in the following table:
可选地,在层数为3时,码本如下表所示:
Optionally, when the number of layers is 3, the codebook is as shown in the following table:
可选地,在层数为4时,码本如下表所示:
Optionally, when the number of layers is 4, the codebook is as shown in the following table:
可选地,在层数为5时,码本如下表所示:
Optionally, when the number of layers is 5, the codebook is as shown in the following table:
可选地,在层数为6时,码本如下表所示:
Optionally, when the number of layers is 6, the codebook is as shown in the following table:
可选地,在层数为7时,码本如下表所示:
Optionally, when the number of layers is 7, the codebook is as shown in the following table:
可选地,在层数为8时,码本如下表所示:
Optionally, when the number of layers is 8, the codebook is as shown in the following table:
其中,
in,
θp=ejπp/4


θ p = e jπp/4


k1和k2是基于i3确定的值,或者,预定义的值。 k1 and k2 are values determined based on i3 , or are predefined values.
可选地,在层数为1时,码本如下表所示:
Optionally, when the number of layers is 1, the codebook is as shown in the following table:
可选地,在层数为2时,码本如下表所示:
Optionally, when the number of layers is 2, the codebook is as shown in the following table:
可选地,在层数为3时,码本如下表所示:
Optionally, when the number of layers is 3, the codebook is as shown in the following table:
可选地,在层数为4时,码本如下表所示:
Optionally, when the number of layers is 4, the codebook is as shown in the following table:
其中,
in,
ap=ejπ4ejπp/2 a p = e jπ4 e jπp/2
bn=e-jπ/4ejπn/2



b n = e -jπ/4 e jπn/2



其中,
in,
其中, in,
本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法,第一调度信息中包括预编码指示信息,该预编码指示信息指示第一信道对应的预编码矩阵,进一步降低了终端确定预编码矩阵的复杂度,提高了信息传输的效率。In the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel, which further reduces the complexity of the terminal determining the precoding matrix and improves the efficiency of information transmission.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息和所述预编码指示信息通过同一个信息域或参数携带;In some embodiments, the first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
或,or,
所述第一信息通过第一信息域或第一参数携带,所述预编码指示信息通过第二信息域或第二参数携带。The first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter, and the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
具体地,在本公开实施例中,第一信息和预编码指示信息可以通过同一个信息域携带。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first information and the precoding indication information may be carried through the same information field.
可选地,第一信息和预编码指示信息可以通过同一个参数携带。Optionally, the first information and the precoding indication information may be carried by the same parameter.
可选地,第一信息和预编码指示信息可以通过不同的信息域携带。Optionally, the first information and the precoding indication information may be carried via different information domains.
例如,第一信息通过第一信息域携带,预编码指示信息通过第二信息域携带。For example, the first information is carried through a first information field, and the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field.
可选地,第一信息和预编码指示信息可以通过不同的参数携带。Optionally, the first information and the precoding indication information may be carried by different parameters.
例如,第一信息通过第一参数携带,预编码指示信息通过第二参数携带。For example, the first information is carried by a first parameter, and the precoding indication information is carried by a second parameter.
本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法,第一信息和预编码指示信息可以通过同一个信息域/参数携带,或者分别通过不同的信息域/参数携带,进一步降低了终端确定预编码矩阵的复杂度,提高了信息传输的效率。In the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first information and the precoding indication information can be carried through the same information domain/parameter, or respectively carried through different information domains/parameters, which further reduces the complexity of the terminal determining the precoding matrix and improves the efficiency of information transmission.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息的编码方式与所述第一信息相关联;In some embodiments, the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式与所述第一信息相关联。 The generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
具体地,在本公开实施例中,在第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,预编码指示信息的编码方式为第一方式。Specifically, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the first information is included in the first scheduling information, the encoding method of the precoding indication information is the first method.
例如,在第一调度信息中不包括第一信息的情况下,预编码指示信息的编码方式为第二方式。For example, when the first scheduling information does not include the first information, the encoding method of the precoding indication information is the second method.
例如,在第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式为第三方式。For example, when the first scheduling information includes the first information, the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is generated in the third manner.
例如,在第一调度信息中不包括第一信息的情况下,第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式为第四方式。For example, when the first scheduling information does not include the first information, the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is generated in the fourth manner.
本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法,预编码指示信息的编码方式与第一信息相关联,或者第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式与第一信息相关联,进一步降低了终端确定预编码矩阵的复杂度,提高了信息传输的效率。In the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information, or the generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information, which further reduces the complexity of the terminal determining the precoding matrix and improves the efficiency of information transmission.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,所述预编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数;In some embodiments, the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息采用位图的方式指示预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息指示天线选择向量构成的预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors;
其中,所述天线端口数X是基于所述第一信道对应的天线端口数确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是基于网络设备的指示确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是预定义的;所述天线选择向量是指只有一个元素非零的列向量。The number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
具体地,在本公开实施例中,预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,预编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数。Specifically, in the embodiments of the present disclosure, the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with an antenna port number of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with an antenna port number of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a transmission layer number or a plurality of transmission layer numbers.
终端基于预编码指示信息从第一信道对应的码本中确定用于传 输第一信道的预编码矩阵。The terminal determines the code for transmission from the codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the precoding indication information. Input the precoding matrix of the first channel.
可选地,X可以是预定义的值。Alternatively, X may be a predefined value.
可选地,X是基于第一信道对应的天线端口数确定的。Optionally, X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel.
例如,第一信道对应的天线端口数为M,则X和M的关系至少可以通过如下公式中的一种表示:For example, the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel is M, and the relationship between X and M can be expressed by at least one of the following formulas:
X=M(即X等于M);X=M (i.e. X is equal to M);
X=M/2(即X等于M的一半);X = M/2 (i.e. X is half of M);
X=M/4(即X等于M的四分之一);X = M/4 (i.e. X is equal to one quarter of M);
X=M/8(即X等于M的八分之一)。X=M/8 (ie, X is equal to one eighth of M).
可选地,X是基于网络设备的指示确定的。Optionally, X is determined based on an indication from a network device.
可选地,网络设备可以直接指示X的取值。Optionally, the network device may directly indicate the value of X.
可选地,网络设备还可以指示第一信道的天线(或天线端口)分组方式,终端基于该分组方式确定X。Optionally, the network device may further indicate a grouping method of antennas (or antenna ports) of the first channel, and the terminal determines X based on the grouping method.
例如,第一信道的天线分组方式包括每组天线包括的天线端口数,X为每组天线包括的天线端口数。For example, the antenna grouping method of the first channel includes the number of antenna ports included in each group of antennas, and X is the number of antenna ports included in each group of antennas.
例如,第一信道的天线分组方式包括天线端口的组数,终端基于天线端口的组数确定每组天线包括的天线端口数,X为每组天线包括的天线端口数。For example, the antenna grouping method of the first channel includes the number of antenna port groups. The terminal determines the number of antenna ports included in each antenna group based on the number of antenna port groups, and X is the number of antenna ports included in each antenna group.
可选地,网络设备还可以指示码本的类型,终端基于码本的类型确定X。Optionally, the network device may further indicate the type of the codebook, and the terminal determines X based on the type of the codebook.
可选地,预编码指示信息采用位图的方式指示预编码矩阵。Optionally, the precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner.
例如,预编码指示信息中的Y个比特指示维度为Y*Y的方阵,该方阵除对角线存在非零元素外,其余元素都为0,且预编码矩阵指示信息第m个比特取值为1表示预编码矩阵第m行第m列的元素非零,第m个比特取值为0表示预编码矩阵第m行第m列的元素为0,其中,Y为上行信号的天线端口数。For example, the Y bits in the precoding indication information indicate a square matrix with a dimension of Y*Y, in which all elements except the diagonal have non-zero elements, and the mth bit of the precoding matrix indication information has a value of 1, indicating that the elements in the mth row and mth column of the precoding matrix are non-zero, and the mth bit has a value of 0, indicating that the elements in the mth row and mth column of the precoding matrix are 0, where Y is the number of antenna ports for the uplink signal.
可选地,预编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数。 Optionally, the precoding indication information indicates one transmission layer number or multiple transmission layer numbers.
例如,对于第一信息的一个或多个取值,预编码矩阵和传输层数联合编码,通过预编码信息和传输层数域指示,预编码信息和传输层数域中的一部分比特位指示传输层数,另一部分比特位从该传输层所对应的码本中指示预编码矩阵。For example, for one or more values of the first information, the precoding matrix and the number of transmission layers are jointly encoded and indicated by the precoding information and the number of transmission layers field. A part of the bits in the precoding information and the number of transmission layers field indicate the number of transmission layers, and another part of the bits indicate the precoding matrix from the codebook corresponding to the transmission layer.
本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法,通过预编码指示信息确定第一信道对应的预编码矩阵,进一步降低了终端确定预编码矩阵的复杂度,提高了信息传输的效率。The information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure determines the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel through precoding indication information, further reduces the complexity of the terminal determining the precoding matrix, and improves the efficiency of information transmission.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further comprises:
在所述第一信息的状态为第三状态或所述第一信息的值为第三数值的情况下,确定所述第一调度信息中还包括层数指示比特位;When the state of the first information is the third state or the value of the first information is the third value, determining that the first scheduling information also includes a layer number indication bit;
或,or,
在所述第一信息的状态为第四状态或所述第一信息的值为第四数值的情况下,确定所述第一调度信息中不包括层数指示比特位;When the state of the first information is the fourth state or the value of the first information is the fourth value, determining that the first scheduling information does not include a layer number indication bit;
或,or,
确定所述第一调度信息中包括层数指示比特位;Determining that the first scheduling information includes a layer number indication bit;
其中,所述层数指示比特位用于指示传输层数。The layer number indication bit is used to indicate the number of transmission layers.
具体地,在本公开实施例中,层数指示比特位可以与第一信息相关联。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the layer number indication bit may be associated with the first information.
例如,在第一信息的状态为第三状态或所述第一信息的值为第三数值的情况下,终端确定第一调度信息中还包括层数指示比特位。For example, when the state of the first information is the third state or the value of the first information is the third numerical value, the terminal determines that the first scheduling information also includes a layer number indication bit.
例如,在第一信息的状态为第四状态或所述第一信息的值为第四数值的情况下,终端确定第一调度信息中不包括层数指示比特位。For example, when the state of the first information is the fourth state or the value of the first information is the fourth numerical value, the terminal determines that the first scheduling information does not include a layer number indication bit.
例如,在第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,终端确定第一调度信息中包括层数指示比特位。For example, when the first scheduling information includes the first information, the terminal determines that the first scheduling information includes a layer number indication bit.
例如,在第一调度信息中不包括第一信息的情况下,终端确定第一调度信息中不包括层数指示比特位。For example, when the first scheduling information does not include the first information, the terminal determines that the first scheduling information does not include a layer number indication bit.
本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法,通过层数指示比特位与第一 信息相关联,进一步降低了终端确定预编码矩阵的复杂度,提高了信息传输的效率。The information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure is to indicate the layer number bit and the first The information is associated, which further reduces the complexity of the terminal determining the precoding matrix and improves the efficiency of information transmission.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further comprises:
获取网络设备发送的码本配置信息;所述码本配置信息用于确定第一信道对应的码本;Acquire codebook configuration information sent by a network device; the codebook configuration information is used to determine a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
基于所述第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本,包括:Determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information includes:
在所述第一信息的状态为第五状态或所述第一信息的值为第五数值的情况下,基于所述码本配置信息确定第一信道对应的码本。When the state of the first information is the fifth state or the value of the first information is the fifth value, a codebook corresponding to the first channel is determined based on the codebook configuration information.
具体地,在本公开实施例中,网络设备还可以向终端发送码本配置信息,终端获取网络设备发送的码本配置信息之后,可以基于码本配置信息确定第一信道对应的码本。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the network device may further send codebook configuration information to the terminal. After the terminal obtains the codebook configuration information sent by the network device, the terminal may determine the codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the codebook configuration information.
可选地,在第一信息的状态为第五状态或所述第一信息的值为第五数值的情况下,终端基于码本配置信息确定第一信道对应的码本。Optionally, when the state of the first information is the fifth state or the value of the first information is a fifth numerical value, the terminal determines the codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the codebook configuration information.
例如,第一信息指示FC或PC时,终端基于码本配置信息确定第一信道对应的码本。For example, when the first information indicates FC or PC, the terminal determines the codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the codebook configuration information.
在一些实施例中,码本配置信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
天线组数;Number of antenna groups;
水平维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the vertical dimension;
水平维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the vertical dimension;
天线组间的相位旋转系数;或The phase rotation factor between antenna groups; or
极化天线间的相位旋转系数。Phase rotation factor between polarized antennas.
具体地,在本公开实施例中,水平维度的天线数为一个天线组内的水平维天线数。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the number of antennas in the horizontal dimension is the number of antennas in the horizontal dimension within an antenna group.
垂直维度的天线数为一个天线组内的垂直维天线数。The number of antennas in the vertical dimension is the number of antennas in the vertical dimension within an antenna group.
本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法,终端基于码本配置信息确定 第一信道对应的码本,进一步降低了终端确定预编码矩阵的复杂度,提高了信息传输的效率。The information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure determines based on the codebook configuration information The codebook corresponding to the first channel further reduces the complexity of determining the precoding matrix for the terminal and improves the efficiency of information transmission.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further comprises:
在所述第一调度信息中不包括所述第一信息的情况下,确定第一信道对应的码本为预定义的码本。In a case where the first scheduling information does not include the first information, it is determined that the codebook corresponding to the first channel is a predefined codebook.
具体地,在本公开实施例中,在第一调度信息中不包括第一信息的情况下,确定第一信道对应的码本为预定义的码本。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, when the first scheduling information does not include the first information, it is determined that the codebook corresponding to the first channel is a predefined codebook.
本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法,在第一调度信息中不包括第一信息的情况下,确定第一信道对应的码本为预定义的码本,进一步降低了终端确定预编码矩阵的复杂度,提高了信息传输的效率。The information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure determines that the codebook corresponding to the first channel is a predefined codebook when the first scheduling information does not include the first information, thereby further reducing the complexity of the terminal determining the precoding matrix and improving the efficiency of information transmission.
下面以上行调度的几个具体的示例,对上述实施例中的方法进行进一步说明。The method in the above embodiment is further described below with reference to several specific examples of uplink scheduling.
示例一:Example 1:
终端接收基站发送的PUSCH的码本子集信息(例如,codebookSubset),码本子集信息指示全相干码本子集(例如,codebookSubset的取值为fullyAndPartialAndNonCoherent)。The terminal receives codebook subset information (eg, codebookSubset) of the PUSCH sent by the base station, where the codebook subset information indicates a fully coherent codebook subset (eg, a value of codebookSubset is fullyAndPartialAndNonCoherent).
终端确定PUSCH传输对应的天线端口数为8端口(或者,确定用来指示PUSCH天线端口数的信息对应的天线端口数为8)。The terminal determines that the number of antenna ports corresponding to PUSCH transmission is 8 ports (or determines that the number of antenna ports corresponding to the information used to indicate the number of PUSCH antenna ports is 8).
终端确定上行调度信息(例如,DCI)中包括码本指示信息(或称为指示码本的信息,例如,precoding information and number of layers信息域第一部分的比特)。The terminal determines that the uplink scheduling information (e.g., DCI) includes codebook indication information (or information indicating the codebook, such as bits in the first part of the precoding information and number of layers information field).
可选地,码本指示信息为第一取值时(例如,指示“0”或“00”时),终端确定上行码本为第一码本(全相干码本),并基于第一码本确定预编码矩阵。Optionally, when the codebook indication information is a first value (for example, indicating "0" or "00"), the terminal determines that the uplink codebook is a first codebook (fully coherent codebook), and determines the precoding matrix based on the first codebook.
可选地,终端采用如下方式基于预编码矩阵指示信息(例如,precoding information and number of layers信息域第二部分比特位)确定预编码矩阵。 Optionally, the terminal determines the precoding matrix based on the precoding matrix indication information (for example, the second part of the bits in the precoding information and number of layers information field) in the following manner.
可选地,预编码指示信息指示i1,1,i1,2,i2,i3,i1,N,n中的一项或多项,终端基于i1,1,i1,2,i2,i3,i1,N,n中的一项或多项确定预编码矩阵。其中N是网络设备配置的参数,可选地,N用来表征天线组数,n=1,2,…,N-1。Optionally, the precoding indication information indicates one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n , and the terminal determines the precoding matrix based on one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n . Wherein N is a parameter configured by the network device, and optionally, N is used to represent the number of antenna groups, n=1,2,…,N-1.
可选地,i1,1,i1,2,i2,i3,i1,N,n中的一项或多项独立编码。Optionally, one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n are independently encoded.
例如,i1,1的比特宽度为i1,1的比特宽度为i1,2的比特宽度为i1,2的比特宽度为i2的比特宽度为2,i2的比特宽度为1,i3的比特宽度为1,i3的比特宽度为2,i1,N,n的比特宽度为1,i1,N,n的比特宽度为2。其中,N1、O1、N2、O2中的一项或多项根据基站配置的参数确定。For example, the bit width of i 1,1 is The bit width of i 1,1 is The bit width of i 1,2 is The bit width of i 1,2 is The bit width of i 2 is 2, the bit width of i 2 is 1, the bit width of i 3 is 1, the bit width of i 3 is 2, the bit width of i 1,N,n is 1, and the bit width of i 1,N,n is 2. Among them, one or more of N 1 , O 1 , N 2 , and O 2 are determined according to parameters configured by the base station.
可选地,对于第一层数和第二层数,i1,1,i1,2,i2,i3,i1,N,n中的一项或多项的比特宽度不同。Optionally, for the first number of layers and the second number of layers, bit widths of one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n are different.
可选地,对于第一层数和第二层数,O1或O2的取值不同。Optionally, for the first number of layers and the second number of layers, the values of O 1 or O 2 are different.
可选地,i1,1,i1,2,i2,i3,i1,N,n中的一项或多项联合编码。Optionally, one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n are jointly encoded.
例如,i1,1,i1,2通过比特联合编码。For example, i 1,1 ,i 1,2 by Bit joint coding.
可选地,在码本指示信息为第二取值时(例如,指示“1”或“01”时),确定上行码本为第二码本(部分相干码本),并基于第二码本确定预编码矩阵。Optionally, when the codebook indication information is a second value (for example, indicating "1" or "01"), the uplink codebook is determined to be a second codebook (partially coherent codebook), and the precoding matrix is determined based on the second codebook.
可选地,采用如下方式基于预编码矩阵指示信息(例如,precoding information and number of layers信息域第二部分比特位)确定预编码矩阵。Optionally, the precoding matrix is determined based on precoding matrix indication information (e.g., bits in the second part of the precoding information and number of layers information field) in the following manner.
预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,预编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数。UE基于该预编码指示信息从第一信道对应的码本中确定上行信号对应的预编码矩阵。The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers. The UE determines a precoding matrix corresponding to an uplink signal from a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the precoding indication information.
可选地,天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵基于天线端口数为X的上行码本确定。Optionally, the precoding matrix with the number of antenna ports being X is determined based on an uplink codebook with the number of antenna ports being X.
可选地,上行信号的预编码矩阵的形式为以下中的一个或以下中 的一个的变换:
Optionally, the precoding matrix of the uplink signal is in the form of one or more of the following: A transformation of:
其中,P、P1、P2、P3、P4、0为列数小于或等于行数的矩阵,行数等于X。Among them, P, P 1 , P 2 , P 3 , P 4 , and 0 are matrices whose number of columns is less than or equal to the number of rows, and the number of rows is equal to X.
可选地,在码本指示信息指示为第三取值时(例如,“10”时),确定上行码本为第三码本(非相干码本),并基于第三码本确定预编码矩阵。Optionally, when the codebook indication information indicates a third value (for example, "10"), the uplink codebook is determined to be a third codebook (non-coherent codebook), and the precoding matrix is determined based on the third codebook.
可选地,在码本指示信息指示“10”时,确定预编码矩阵为X*X的方阵,除对角线存在非零元素外,其余元素都为0,且预编码矩阵指示信息第m个比特取值为1表示预编码矩阵第m行第m列的元素非零,第m个比特取值为0表示预编码矩阵第m行第m列的元素为0。Optionally, when the codebook indication information indicates "10", the precoding matrix is determined to be an X*X square matrix, in which all elements except the non-zero elements on the diagonal are 0, and the mth bit value of the precoding matrix indication information is 1, indicating that the elements in the mth row and mth column of the precoding matrix are non-zero, and the mth bit value is 0, indicating that the elements in the mth row and mth column of the precoding matrix are 0.
示例二:Example 2:
终端接收基站发送的PUSCH的码本子集信息(例如,codebookSubset),码本子集信息指示部分相干码本子集(例如,codebookSubset的取值为PartialAndNonCoherent)。The terminal receives codebook subset information (eg, codebookSubset) of the PUSCH sent by the base station, where the codebook subset information indicates a partially coherent codebook subset (eg, a value of codebookSubset is PartialAndNonCoherent).
终端确定PUSCH传输对应的天线端口数为8端口(或者,确定用来指示PUSCH天线端口数的信息对应的天线端口数为8)。The terminal determines that the number of antenna ports corresponding to PUSCH transmission is 8 ports (or determines that the number of antenna ports corresponding to the information used to indicate the number of PUSCH antenna ports is 8).
终端确定上行调度信息(例如,DCI)中包括码本指示信息(例如,precoding information and number of layers信息域第一部分的比 特)。The terminal determines that the uplink scheduling information (e.g., DCI) includes the codebook indication information (e.g., the ratio of the first part of the precoding information and number of layers information field) special).
可选地,在码本指示信息为第一取值时(例如,指示“1”时),确定上行码本为第二码本(部分相干码本),并基于第二码本确定预编码矩阵。Optionally, when the codebook indication information is a first value (for example, indicating "1"), the uplink codebook is determined to be a second codebook (partially coherent codebook), and the precoding matrix is determined based on the second codebook.
可选地,采用如下方式基于预编码矩阵指示信息(例如,precoding information and number of layers信息域第二部分比特位)确定预编码矩阵。Optionally, the precoding matrix is determined based on precoding matrix indication information (e.g., bits in the second part of the precoding information and number of layers information field) in the following manner.
预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,预编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数。UE基于所述预编码指示信息从第一信道对应的码本中确定上行信号对应的预编码矩阵。The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers. The UE determines a precoding matrix corresponding to an uplink signal from a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the precoding indication information.
可选地,天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵基于天线端口数为X的上行码本确定。Optionally, the precoding matrix with the number of antenna ports being X is determined based on an uplink codebook with the number of antenna ports being X.
可选地,上行信号的预编码矩阵的形式为以下中的一个或以下中的一个的变换:
Optionally, the precoding matrix of the uplink signal is in the form of one of the following or a transformation of one of the following:
其中,P、P1、P2、P3、P4、0为列数小于或等于行数的矩阵,行数等于X。Among them, P, P 1 , P 2 , P 3 , P 4 , and 0 are matrices whose number of columns is less than or equal to the number of rows, and the number of rows is equal to X.
可选地,在码本指示信息指示为第二取值时(例如,“01”时), 确定上行码本为第三码本(非相干码本),并基于第三码本确定预编码矩阵;Optionally, when the codebook indication information indicates a second value (for example, "01"), Determine that the uplink codebook is a third codebook (a non-coherent codebook), and determine a precoding matrix based on the third codebook;
可选地,在码本指示信息指示“01”时,确定预编码矩阵为X*X的方阵,除对角线存在非零元素外,其余元素都为0,且预编码矩阵指示信息第m个比特取值为1表示预编码矩阵第m行第m列的元素非零,第m个比特取值为0表示预编码矩阵第m行第m列的元素为0。Optionally, when the codebook indication information indicates "01", the precoding matrix is determined to be an X*X square matrix, in which all elements except the non-zero elements on the diagonal are 0, and the mth bit value of the precoding matrix indication information is 1, indicating that the elements in the mth row and mth column of the precoding matrix are non-zero, and the mth bit value is 0, indicating that the elements in the mth row and mth column of the precoding matrix are 0.
示例三:Example 3:
终端接收基站发送的PUSCH的码本子集信息(例如,codebookSubset),码本子集信息指示非相干码本子集(例如,codebookSubset的取值为NonCoherent)。The terminal receives codebook subset information (eg, codebookSubset) of the PUSCH sent by the base station, where the codebook subset information indicates a non-coherent codebook subset (eg, a value of codebookSubset is NonCoherent).
终端确定PUSCH传输对应的天线端口数为8端口(或者,确定用来指示PUSCH天线端口数的信息对应的天线端口数为8)。The terminal determines that the number of antenna ports corresponding to PUSCH transmission is 8 ports (or determines that the number of antenna ports corresponding to the information used to indicate the number of PUSCH antenna ports is 8).
终端确定上行调度信息(例如,DCI)中包括不包括码本指示信息,直接根据与PUSCH的天线端口数对应的非相干码本确定PUSCH的预编码矩阵。The terminal determines whether the uplink scheduling information (eg, DCI) includes codebook indication information, and directly determines a precoding matrix of the PUSCH according to a non-coherent codebook corresponding to the number of antenna ports of the PUSCH.
示例四:Example 4:
终端接收基站发送的PUSCH的码本子集信息(例如,codebookSubset),码本子集信息指示部分相干码本子集(例如,codebookSubset的取值为PartialAndNonCoherent)。The terminal receives codebook subset information (eg, codebookSubset) of the PUSCH sent by the base station, where the codebook subset information indicates a partially coherent codebook subset (eg, a value of codebookSubset is PartialAndNonCoherent).
终端确定PUSCH传输对应的天线端口数为2或4端口(或者,确定用来指示PUSCH天线端口数的信息对应的天线端口数为4);根据2或4端口对应的上行部分相干码本确定PUSCH的预编码矩阵。The terminal determines that the number of antenna ports corresponding to PUSCH transmission is 2 or 4 ports (or determines that the number of antenna ports corresponding to the information used to indicate the number of PUSCH antenna ports is 4); and determines the precoding matrix of PUSCH according to the uplink partial coherent codebook corresponding to 2 or 4 ports.
示例五:Example 5:
上行调度信息(例如DCI)中预编码指示域编码方式的一个示例如下表所示:
An example of a coding method for the precoding indication field in uplink scheduling information (eg, DCI) is shown in the following table:
即一部分比特指示子码本,另一部分比特指示预编码矩阵和传输 层数。That is, part of the bits indicate the subcodebook, and the other part of the bits indicate the precoding matrix and transmission Number of layers.
可选地,在子码本指示对应于01时,后面的预编码矩阵和传输层数指示从只包括全相干码字的码本中指示预编码矩阵。即指示传输层数,i1,1,i1,2,i2,i3,i1,N,n中的一项或多项。Optionally, when the subcodebook indication corresponds to 01, the following precoding matrix and transmission layer number indication indicate the precoding matrix from the codebook including only fully coherent codewords, that is, indicate the number of transmission layers, one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n .
在子码本指示对应于10时,后面的预编码矩阵和传输层数指示从只包括部分相干码字的码本中指示预编码矩阵。即可以从UL2Tx/4Tx码本中指示一个或多个UL 2Tx/4Tx预编码矩阵。When the subcodebook indication corresponds to 10, the following precoding matrix and transmission layer number indication indicate the precoding matrix from the codebook including only partially coherent codewords. That is, one or more UL 2Tx/4Tx precoding matrices can be indicated from the UL2Tx/4Tx codebook.
在子码本指示对应于10时,后面的预编码矩阵和传输层数指示为bitmap的方式,指示非相干码字。When the subcodebook indication corresponds to 10, the following precoding matrix and the number of transmission layers are indicated in a bitmap manner, indicating a non-coherent codeword.
再例如,在子码本指示对应于0时,后面的预编码矩阵和传输层数指示从只包括全相干码字的码本中指示预编码矩阵。即指示传输层数,i1,1,i1,2,i2,i3,i1,N,n中的一项或多项。For another example, when the subcodebook indication corresponds to 0, the following precoding matrix and transmission layer number indication indicate the precoding matrix from the codebook including only fully coherent codewords, that is, indicate the number of transmission layers, one or more of i 1,1 ,i 1,2 ,i 2 ,i 3 ,i 1,N,n .
在子码本指示对应于1时,后面的预编码矩阵和传输层数指示从只包括部分相干码字和非相干码字的码本中指示预编码矩阵。预编码矩阵的前一部分指示非相干码字,后一部分从UL 2Tx/4Tx码本中指示一个或多个UL 2Tx/4Tx预编码矩阵(部分相干码字)。When the subcodebook indication corresponds to 1, the following precoding matrix and transmission layer number indication indicate a precoding matrix from a codebook including only partially coherent codewords and incoherent codewords. The first part of the precoding matrix indicates an incoherent codeword, and the second part indicates one or more UL 2Tx/4Tx precoding matrices (partially coherent codewords) from the UL 2Tx/4Tx codebook.
示例六:Example 6:
上行调度信息(例如DCI)中预编码指示域编码方式的一个示例如下表所示:
An example of a coding method for the precoding indication field in uplink scheduling information (eg, DCI) is shown in the following table:
即,一部分bit指示子码本,一部分比特指示传输层数,另一部分比特指示预编码矩阵。That is, a part of the bits indicates the sub-codebook, a part of the bits indicates the number of transmission layers, and another part of the bits indicates the precoding matrix.
可选地,预编码矩阵指示部分的编码方式与子码本指示的取值和/或传输层数指示的取值有关。Optionally, the encoding method of the precoding matrix indication part is related to the value of the sub-codebook indication and/or the value of the transmission layer number indication.
可选地,对于子码本指示的部分取值,存在传输层数指示;对于子码本指示的另外一部分取值,传输层数指示与预编码矩阵指示联合编码。 Optionally, for some values of the sub-codebook indication, there is a transmission layer number indication; for another part of the values of the sub-codebook indication, the transmission layer number indication and the precoding matrix indication are jointly encoded.
本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法,使得发送天线数比较多时,码本的确定和指示更加的灵活,提高了信息传输效率。The information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure makes the determination and indication of the codebook more flexible when the number of transmitting antennas is relatively large, thereby improving the information transmission efficiency.
图2是本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法的流程示意图之二,如图2所示,本公开实施例提供一种信息传输方法,其执行主体可以为网络设备,例如,基站等。该方法包括:FIG2 is a second flow chart of the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG2 , the embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information transmission method, the execution subject of which may be a network device, such as a base station, etc. The method includes:
步骤201、基于第一信道对应的码本确定第一调度信息。Step 201: Determine first scheduling information based on a codebook corresponding to a first channel.
步骤202、在所述第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,向终端发送所述第一调度信息;所述第一信道对应的码本对应于所述第一信息。Step 202: When the first scheduling information includes first information, send the first scheduling information to the terminal; and the codebook corresponding to the first channel corresponds to the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further comprises:
向所述终端发送第二信息;所述第二信息用于指示第一调度信息中包括第一信息。Sending second information to the terminal; the second information is used to indicate that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息为码本子集信息。In some embodiments, the second information is codebook subset information.
在一些实施例中,在所述第二信息指示码本的类型为非相干码本的情况下,所述第一调度信息中包括的所述第一信息不指示码本,或,所述第一调度信息中不包括所述第一信息。In some embodiments, when the second information indicates that the type of the codebook is a non-coherent codebook, the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further comprises:
确定所述第一信息的比特宽度,所述第一信息的比特宽度与所述第二信息具有关联关系。A bit width of the first information is determined, wherein the bit width of the first information is associated with the second information.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息用于指示码本对应的类型和/或表格;In some embodiments, the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信息指示预设码本中不可用的预编码矩阵。The first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
在一些实施例中,在所述第一信息的状态为第一状态或所述第一信息的值为第一数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
全相干码本; Fully coherent codebook;
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本;Non-coherent codebook;
和/或,and / or,
在所述第一信息的状态为第二状态或所述第一信息的值为第二数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:When the state of the first information is the second state or the value of the first information is the second value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本。Non-coherent codebook.
在一些实施例中,所述第一调度信息中包括预编码指示信息,所述预编码指示信息指示所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵;In some embodiments, the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
所述第一信息和所述预编码指示信息通过同一个信息域或参数携带;The first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
或,or,
所述第一信息通过第一信息域或第一参数携带,所述预编码指示信息通过第二信息域或第二参数携带。The first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter, and the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息的编码方式与所述第一信息相关联;In some embodiments, the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式与所述第一信息相关联。The generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,所述预编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数;In some embodiments, the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息采用位图的方式指示预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息指示天线选择向量构成的预编码矩阵; The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors;
其中,所述天线端口数X是基于所述第一信道对应的天线端口数确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是基于网络设备的指示确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是预定义的;所述天线选择向量是指只有一个元素非零的列向量。The number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further comprises:
向所述终端发送码本配置信息;所述码本配置信息用于确定第一信道对应的码本。Sending codebook configuration information to the terminal; the codebook configuration information is used to determine a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
在一些实施例中,所述码本配置信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
天线组数;Number of antenna groups;
水平维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the vertical dimension;
水平维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the vertical dimension;
天线组间的相位旋转系数;或The phase rotation factor between antenna groups; or
极化天线间的相位旋转系数。Phase rotation factor between polarized antennas.
具体地,本公开实施例提供的信息传输方法,可参照上述执行主体为终端的信息传输方法实施例,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与上述相应方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。Specifically, the information transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present disclosure can refer to the above-mentioned information transmission method embodiment in which the execution subject is a terminal, and can achieve the same technical effect. The parts and beneficial effects of this embodiment that are the same as the above-mentioned corresponding method embodiments will not be described in detail here.
图3是本公开实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图,如图3所示,所述终端包括存储器320,收发机300,处理器310,其中:FIG3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG3 , the terminal includes a memory 320, a transceiver 300, and a processor 310, wherein:
存储器320,用于存储计算机程序;收发机300,用于在所述处理器310的控制下收发数据;处理器310,用于读取所述存储器320中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:The memory 320 is used to store computer programs; the transceiver 300 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor 310; the processor 310 is used to read the computer program in the memory 320 and perform the following operations:
在第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,基于所述第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本;所述第一信息为指示码本的信息; In a case where the first scheduling information includes first information, determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information; the first information is information indicating the codebook;
基于所述第一信道对应的码本发送所述第一信道。The first channel is sent based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
具体地,收发机300,用于在处理器310的控制下接收和发送数据。Specifically, the transceiver 300 is used to receive and send data under the control of the processor 310 .
其中,在图3中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器310代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器320代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机300可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和接收机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元,这些传输介质包括无线信道、有线信道、光缆等传输介质。针对不同的用户设备,用户接口330还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。Among them, in Figure 3, the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by processor 310 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 320 are linked together. The bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits together, which are all well known in the art and are therefore not further described herein. The bus interface provides an interface. The transceiver 300 may be a plurality of components, namely, a transmitter and a receiver, providing a unit for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium, and these transmission media include transmission media such as wireless channels, wired channels, and optical cables. For different user devices, the user interface 330 may also be an interface that can be connected to external and internal devices, and the connected devices include but are not limited to keypads, displays, speakers, microphones, joysticks, etc.
处理器310负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器320可以存储处理器310在执行操作时所使用的数据。The processor 310 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 320 can store data used by the processor 310 when performing operations.
在一些实施例中,处理器310可以是中央处理器(CPU)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或复杂可编程逻辑器件(Complex Programmable Logic Device,CPLD),处理器也可以采用多核架构。In some embodiments, processor 310 can be a central processing unit (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or a complex programmable logic device (CPLD), and the processor can also adopt a multi-core architecture.
处理器通过调用存储器存储的计算机程序,用于按照获得的可执行指令执行本公开实施例提供的任一所述方法。处理器与存储器也可以物理上分开布置。The processor calls the computer program stored in the memory to execute any of the methods provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure according to the obtained executable instructions. The processor and the memory can also be arranged physically separately.
在一些实施例中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:In some embodiments, the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
获取第二信息,并确定所述第一信道对应的天线端口数;Acquire second information, and determine the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel;
在所述天线端口数大于或等于第一预设值的情况下,基于所述第 二信息确定所述第一调度信息中包括所述第一信息。When the number of antenna ports is greater than or equal to a first preset value, based on the first The second information determines that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息为码本子集信息。In some embodiments, the second information is codebook subset information.
在一些实施例中,在所述第二信息指示码本的类型为非相干码本的情况下,所述第一调度信息中包括的所述第一信息不指示码本,或,所述第一调度信息中不包括所述第一信息。In some embodiments, when the second information indicates that the type of the codebook is a non-coherent codebook, the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:In some embodiments, the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
基于所述第二信息确定第一调度信息中第一信息的比特宽度;determining a bit width of first information in the first scheduling information based on the second information;
基于所述比特宽度,确定所述第一信息。Based on the bit width, the first information is determined.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息用于指示码本对应的类型和/或表格;In some embodiments, the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信息指示预设码本中不可用的预编码矩阵。The first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
在一些实施例中,在所述第一信息的状态为第一状态或所述第一信息的值为第一数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
全相干码本;Fully coherent codebook;
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本;Non-coherent codebook;
和/或,and / or,
在所述第一信息的状态为第二状态或所述第一信息的值为第二数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:When the state of the first information is the second state or the value of the first information is the second value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本。Non-coherent codebook.
在一些实施例中,所述第一调度信息中包括预编码指示信息,所述预编码指示信息指示所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵; In some embodiments, the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
基于所述第一信道对应的码本发送所述第一信道,包括:Sending the first channel based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel includes:
从所述第一信道对应的码本中确定所述预编码指示信息指示的预编码矩阵;Determine a precoding matrix indicated by the precoding indication information from a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
基于所述预编码矩阵发送所述第一信道。The first channel is transmitted based on the precoding matrix.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息和所述预编码指示信息通过同一个信息域或参数携带;In some embodiments, the first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
或,or,
所述第一信息通过第一信息域或第一参数携带,所述预编码指示信息通过第二信息域或第二参数携带。The first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter, and the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息的编码方式与所述第一信息相关联;In some embodiments, the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式与所述第一信息相关联。The generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,所述预编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数;In some embodiments, the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息采用位图的方式指示预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息指示天线选择向量构成的预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors;
其中,所述天线端口数X是基于所述第一信道对应的天线端口数确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是基于网络设备的指示确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是预定义的;所述天线选择向量是指只有一个元素非零的列向量。The number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
在一些实施例中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作: In some embodiments, the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
在所述第一信息的状态为第三状态或所述第一信息的值为第三数值的情况下,确定所述第一调度信息中还包括层数指示比特位;When the state of the first information is the third state or the value of the first information is the third value, determining that the first scheduling information also includes a layer number indication bit;
或,or,
在所述第一信息的状态为第四状态或所述第一信息的值为第四数值的情况下,确定所述第一调度信息中不包括层数指示比特位;When the state of the first information is the fourth state or the value of the first information is the fourth value, determining that the first scheduling information does not include a layer number indication bit;
或,or,
确定所述第一调度信息中包括层数指示比特位;Determining that the first scheduling information includes a layer number indication bit;
其中,所述层数指示比特位用于指示传输层数。The layer number indication bit is used to indicate the number of transmission layers.
在一些实施例中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:In some embodiments, the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
获取网络设备发送的码本配置信息;所述码本配置信息用于确定第一信道对应的码本;Acquire codebook configuration information sent by a network device; the codebook configuration information is used to determine a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
基于所述第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本,包括:Determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information includes:
在所述第一信息的状态为第五状态或所述第一信息的值为第五数值的情况下,基于所述码本配置信息确定第一信道对应的码本。When the state of the first information is the fifth state or the value of the first information is the fifth value, a codebook corresponding to the first channel is determined based on the codebook configuration information.
在一些实施例中,所述码本配置信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
天线组数;Number of antenna groups;
水平维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the vertical dimension;
水平维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the vertical dimension;
天线组间的相位旋转系数;或The phase rotation factor between antenna groups; or
极化天线间的相位旋转系数。Phase rotation factor between polarized antennas.
在一些实施例中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:In some embodiments, the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
在所述第一调度信息中不包括所述第一信息的情况下,确定第一 信道对应的码本为预定义的码本。In the case where the first information is not included in the first scheduling information, determining a first The codebook corresponding to the channel is a predefined codebook.
在此需要说明的是,本公开实施例提供的上述终端,能够实现上述执行主体为终端的方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。It should be noted here that the above-mentioned terminal provided in the embodiment of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the method embodiment in which the execution subject is the terminal, and can achieve the same technical effect. The parts and beneficial effects of this embodiment that are the same as the method embodiment will not be described in detail here.
图4是本公开实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图,如图4所示,所述网络设备包括存储器420,收发机400,处理器410,其中:FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG4 , the network device includes a memory 420, a transceiver 400, and a processor 410, wherein:
存储器420,用于存储计算机程序;收发机400,用于在所述处理器410的控制下收发数据;处理器410,用于读取所述存储器420中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:The memory 420 is used to store computer programs; the transceiver 400 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor 410; the processor 410 is used to read the computer program in the memory 420 and perform the following operations:
基于第一信道对应的码本确定第一调度信息;Determine first scheduling information based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
在所述第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,向终端发送所述第一调度信息;所述第一信道对应的码本对应于所述第一信息。In a case where the first scheduling information includes first information, the first scheduling information is sent to a terminal; and a codebook corresponding to the first channel corresponds to the first information.
具体地,收发机400,用于在处理器410的控制下接收和发送数据。Specifically, the transceiver 400 is used to receive and send data under the control of the processor 410 .
其中,在图4中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器410代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器420代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机400可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和接收机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元,这些传输介质包括无线信道、有线信道、光缆等传输介质。处理器410负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器420可以存储处理器410在执行操作时所使用的数据。In FIG. 4 , the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by processor 410 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 420 are linked together. The bus architecture may also link together various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and are therefore not further described herein. The bus interface provides an interface. The transceiver 400 may be a plurality of components, namely, a transmitter and a receiver, providing a unit for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium, which transmission medium includes a wireless channel, a wired channel, an optical cable, and other transmission media. The processor 410 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 420 may store data used by the processor 410 when performing operations.
处理器410可以是中央处理器(CPU)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field- Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或复杂可编程逻辑器件(Complex Programmable Logic Device,CPLD),处理器也可以采用多核架构。The processor 410 may be a central processing unit (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA), or a Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or Complex Programmable Logic Device (Complex Programmable Logic Device, CPLD), the processor can also adopt a multi-core architecture.
在一些实施例中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:In some embodiments, the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
向所述终端发送第二信息;所述第二信息用于指示第一调度信息中包括第一信息。Sending second information to the terminal; the second information is used to indicate that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息为码本子集信息。In some embodiments, the second information is codebook subset information.
在一些实施例中,在所述第二信息指示码本的类型为非相干码本的情况下,所述第一调度信息中包括的所述第一信息不指示码本,或,所述第一调度信息中不包括所述第一信息。In some embodiments, when the second information indicates that the type of the codebook is a non-coherent codebook, the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:In some embodiments, the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
确定所述第一信息的比特宽度,所述第一信息的比特宽度与所述第二信息具有关联关系。A bit width of the first information is determined, wherein the bit width of the first information is associated with the second information.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息用于指示码本对应的类型和/或表格;In some embodiments, the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信息指示预设码本中不可用的预编码矩阵。The first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
在一些实施例中,在所述第一信息的状态为第一状态或所述第一信息的值为第一数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
全相干码本;Fully coherent codebook;
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本;Non-coherent codebook;
和/或,and / or,
在所述第一信息的状态为第二状态或所述第一信息的值为第二数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多 种:When the state of the first information is the second state or the value of the first information is the second value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks: kind:
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本。Non-coherent codebook.
在一些实施例中,所述第一调度信息中包括预编码指示信息,所述预编码指示信息指示所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵;In some embodiments, the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
所述第一信息和所述预编码指示信息通过同一个信息域或参数携带;The first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
或,or,
所述第一信息通过第一信息域或第一参数携带,所述预编码指示信息通过第二信息域或第二参数携带。The first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter, and the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息的编码方式与所述第一信息相关联;In some embodiments, the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式与所述第一信息相关联。The generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,所述预编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数;In some embodiments, the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息采用位图的方式指示预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息指示天线选择向量构成的预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors;
其中,所述天线端口数X是基于所述第一信道对应的天线端口数确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是基于网络设备的指示确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是预定义的;所述天线选择向量是指只有一个元素非零的列向量。The number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
在一些实施例中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机 程序并执行以下操作:In some embodiments, the processor is further configured to read the computer program product stored in the memory. program and do the following:
向所述终端发送码本配置信息;所述码本配置信息用于确定第一信道对应的码本。Sending codebook configuration information to the terminal; the codebook configuration information is used to determine a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
在一些实施例中,所述码本配置信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
天线组数;Number of antenna groups;
水平维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the vertical dimension;
水平维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the vertical dimension;
天线组间的相位旋转系数;或The phase rotation factor between antenna groups; or
极化天线间的相位旋转系数。Phase rotation factor between polarized antennas.
具体地,本公开实施例提供的上述网络设备,能够实现上述执行主体为网络设备的方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。Specifically, the above-mentioned network device provided in the embodiment of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the method embodiment in which the execution subject is the network device, and can achieve the same technical effect. The parts and beneficial effects of this embodiment that are the same as the method embodiment will not be described in detail here.
图5是本公开实施例提供的一种信息传输装置的结构示意图之一,如图5所示,本公开实施例提供一种信息传输装置,包括第一确定模块501和第一发送模块502,其中:FIG5 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of an information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG5 , an information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure includes a first determining module 501 and a first sending module 502, wherein:
第一确定模块501用于在第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,基于所述第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本;所述第一信息为指示码本的信息;第一发送模块502用于基于所述第一信道对应的码本发送所述第一信道。The first determination module 501 is used to determine the codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information when the first scheduling information includes the first information; the first information is information indicating the codebook; the first sending module 502 is used to send the first channel based on the codebook corresponding to the first channel.
在一些实施例中,还包括第一获取模块和第三确定模块;In some embodiments, it further includes a first acquisition module and a third determination module;
所述第一获取模块用于获取第二信息,并确定所述第一信道对应的天线端口数;The first acquisition module is used to acquire second information and determine the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel;
所述第三确定模块用于在所述天线端口数大于或等于第一预设 值的情况下,基于所述第二信息确定所述第一调度信息中包括所述第一信息。The third determining module is used to determine the number of antenna ports when the number of antenna ports is greater than or equal to the first preset value, determine based on the second information that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息为码本子集信息。In some embodiments, the second information is codebook subset information.
在一些实施例中,在所述第二信息指示码本的类型为非相干码本的情况下,所述第一调度信息中包括的所述第一信息不指示码本,或,所述第一调度信息中不包括所述第一信息。In some embodiments, when the second information indicates that the type of the codebook is a non-coherent codebook, the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
在一些实施例中,还包括第四确定模块和第五确定模块;In some embodiments, a fourth determination module and a fifth determination module are further included;
所述第四确定模块用于基于所述第二信息确定第一调度信息中第一信息的比特宽度;The fourth determination module is used to determine the bit width of the first information in the first scheduling information based on the second information;
所述第五确定模块用于基于所述比特宽度,确定所述第一信息。The fifth determination module is used to determine the first information based on the bit width.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息用于指示码本对应的类型和/或表格;In some embodiments, the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信息指示预设码本中不可用的预编码矩阵。The first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
在一些实施例中,在所述第一信息的状态为第一状态或所述第一信息的值为第一数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
全相干码本;Fully coherent codebook;
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本;Non-coherent codebook;
和/或,and / or,
在所述第一信息的状态为第二状态或所述第一信息的值为第二数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:When the state of the first information is the second state or the value of the first information is the second value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本。Non-coherent codebook.
在一些实施例中,所述第一调度信息中包括预编码指示信息,所 述预编码指示信息指示所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵;In some embodiments, the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information. The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
基于所述第一信道对应的码本发送所述第一信道,包括:Sending the first channel based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel includes:
从所述第一信道对应的码本中确定所述预编码指示信息指示的预编码矩阵;Determine a precoding matrix indicated by the precoding indication information from a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
基于所述预编码矩阵发送所述第一信道。The first channel is transmitted based on the precoding matrix.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息和所述预编码指示信息通过同一个信息域或参数携带;In some embodiments, the first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
或,or,
所述第一信息通过第一信息域或第一参数携带,所述预编码指示信息通过第二信息域或第二参数携带。The first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter, and the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息的编码方式与所述第一信息相关联;In some embodiments, the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式与所述第一信息相关联。The generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,所述预编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数;In some embodiments, the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息采用位图的方式指示预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息指示天线选择向量构成的预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors;
其中,所述天线端口数X是基于所述第一信道对应的天线端口数确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是基于网络设备的指示确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是预定义的;所述天线选择向量是指只有一个元素非零的列向量。The number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
在一些实施例中,还包括第六确定模块;所述第六确定模块用于: In some embodiments, a sixth determining module is further included; the sixth determining module is used to:
在所述第一信息的状态为第三状态或所述第一信息的值为第三数值的情况下,确定所述第一调度信息中还包括层数指示比特位;When the state of the first information is the third state or the value of the first information is the third value, determining that the first scheduling information also includes a layer number indication bit;
或,or,
在所述第一信息的状态为第四状态或所述第一信息的值为第四数值的情况下,确定所述第一调度信息中不包括层数指示比特位;When the state of the first information is the fourth state or the value of the first information is the fourth value, determining that the first scheduling information does not include a layer number indication bit;
或,or,
确定所述第一调度信息中包括层数指示比特位;Determining that the first scheduling information includes a layer number indication bit;
其中,所述层数指示比特位用于指示传输层数。The layer number indication bit is used to indicate the number of transmission layers.
在一些实施例中,还包括第二获取模块;In some embodiments, a second acquisition module is also included;
所述第二获取模块用于获取网络设备发送的码本配置信息;所述码本配置信息用于确定第一信道对应的码本;The second acquisition module is used to acquire codebook configuration information sent by the network device; the codebook configuration information is used to determine the codebook corresponding to the first channel;
基于所述第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本,包括:Determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information includes:
在所述第一信息的状态为第五状态或所述第一信息的值为第五数值的情况下,基于所述码本配置信息确定第一信道对应的码本。When the state of the first information is the fifth state or the value of the first information is the fifth value, a codebook corresponding to the first channel is determined based on the codebook configuration information.
在一些实施例中,所述码本配置信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
天线组数;Number of antenna groups;
水平维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the vertical dimension;
水平维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the vertical dimension;
天线组间的相位旋转系数;或The phase rotation factor between antenna groups; or
极化天线间的相位旋转系数。Phase rotation factor between polarized antennas.
在一些实施例中,还包括第七确定模块;In some embodiments, a seventh determination module is further included;
所述第七确定模块用于在所述第一调度信息中不包括所述第一信息的情况下,确定第一信道对应的码本为预定义的码本。The seventh determination module is configured to determine, when the first scheduling information does not include the first information, that the codebook corresponding to the first channel is a predefined codebook.
具体地,本公开实施例提供的上述信息传输装置,能够实现上述 执行主体为终端的方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。Specifically, the information transmission device provided in the embodiment of the present disclosure can realize the above The execution subject is a terminal. All method steps implemented in the method embodiment can achieve the same technical effect. The parts and beneficial effects of this embodiment that are the same as those of the method embodiment will not be described in detail here.
图6是本公开实施例提供的一种信息传输装置的结构示意图之二,如图6所示,本公开实施例提供一种信息传输装置,包括第二确定模块601和第二发送模块,其中:FIG6 is a second structural diagram of an information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG6 , an information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure includes a second determining module 601 and a second sending module, wherein:
第二确定模块601用于基于第一信道对应的码本确定第一调度信息;The second determination module 601 is used to determine the first scheduling information based on the codebook corresponding to the first channel;
第二发送模块602用于在所述第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,向终端发送所述第一调度信息;所述第一信道对应的码本对应于所述第一信息。The second sending module 602 is used to send the first scheduling information to the terminal when the first scheduling information includes first information; the codebook corresponding to the first channel corresponds to the first information.
在一些实施例中,还包括第三发送模块;In some embodiments, a third sending module is also included;
所述第三发送模块用于向所述终端发送第二信息;所述第二信息用于指示第一调度信息中包括第一信息。The third sending module is used to send second information to the terminal; the second information is used to indicate that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息为码本子集信息。In some embodiments, the second information is codebook subset information.
在一些实施例中,在所述第二信息指示码本的类型为非相干码本的情况下,所述第一调度信息中包括的所述第一信息不指示码本,或,所述第一调度信息中不包括所述第一信息。In some embodiments, when the second information indicates that the type of the codebook is a non-coherent codebook, the first information included in the first scheduling information does not indicate a codebook, or the first scheduling information does not include the first information.
在一些实施例中,还包括第八确定模块;In some embodiments, an eighth determination module is also included;
所述第八确定模块用于确定所述第一信息的比特宽度,所述第一信息的比特宽度与所述第二信息具有关联关系。The eighth determination module is used to determine a bit width of the first information, and the bit width of the first information is associated with the second information.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息用于指示码本对应的类型和/或表格;In some embodiments, the first information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信息指示预设码本中不可用的预编码矩阵。The first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
在一些实施例中,在所述第一信息的状态为第一状态或所述第一信息的值为第一数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码 本中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first value, the first information is used to indicate the following type of code: One or more of:
全相干码本;Fully coherent codebook;
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本;Non-coherent codebook;
和/或,and / or,
在所述第一信息的状态为第二状态或所述第一信息的值为第二数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:When the state of the first information is the second state or the value of the first information is the second value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
非相干码本。Non-coherent codebook.
在一些实施例中,所述第一调度信息中包括预编码指示信息,所述预编码指示信息指示所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵;In some embodiments, the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
所述第一信息和所述预编码指示信息通过同一个信息域或参数携带;The first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
或,or,
所述第一信息通过第一信息域或第一参数携带,所述预编码指示信息通过第二信息域或第二参数携带。The first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter, and the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息的编码方式与所述第一信息相关联;In some embodiments, the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information;
和/或,and / or,
所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式与所述第一信息相关联。The generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,所述预编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数;In some embodiments, the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息采用位图的方式指示预编码矩阵; The precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner;
或,or,
所述预编码指示信息指示天线选择向量构成的预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors;
其中,所述天线端口数X是基于所述第一信道对应的天线端口数确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是基于网络设备的指示确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是预定义的;所述天线选择向量是指只有一个元素非零的列向量。The number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
在一些实施例中,还包括第四发送模块;In some embodiments, a fourth sending module is further included;
所述第四发送模块用于向所述终端发送码本配置信息;所述码本配置信息用于确定第一信道对应的码本。The fourth sending module is used to send codebook configuration information to the terminal; the codebook configuration information is used to determine the codebook corresponding to the first channel.
在一些实施例中,所述码本配置信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In some embodiments, the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
天线组数;Number of antenna groups;
水平维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the vertical dimension;
水平维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the horizontal dimension;
垂直维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the vertical dimension;
天线组间的相位旋转系数;或The phase rotation factor between antenna groups; or
极化天线间的相位旋转系数。Phase rotation factor between polarized antennas.
具体地,本公开实施例提供的上述信息传输装置,能够实现上述执行主体为网络设备的方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。Specifically, the above-mentioned information transmission device provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the method embodiment in which the execution subject is a network device, and can achieve the same technical effect. The parts and beneficial effects of this embodiment that are the same as the method embodiment will not be described in detail here.
需要说明的是,本公开上述各实施例中对单元/模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。另外,在本公开各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现, 也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。It should be noted that the division of units/modules in the above embodiments of the present disclosure is schematic and is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation. In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present disclosure may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, It can also be implemented in the form of a software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个处理器可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本公开的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)或处理器(processor)执行本公开各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a processor-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present disclosure is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including several instructions to enable a computer device (which can be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) or a processor (processor) to perform all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present disclosure. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code.
在一些实施例中,还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于使计算机执行上述各方法实施例提供的信息传输方法。In some embodiments, a computer-readable storage medium is further provided, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to enable a computer to execute the information transmission method provided by the above-mentioned method embodiments.
具体地,本公开实施例提供的上述计算机可读存储介质,能够实现上述各方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。Specifically, the above-mentioned computer-readable storage medium provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the above-mentioned method embodiments, and can achieve the same technical effect. The parts and beneficial effects of this embodiment that are the same as the method embodiment will not be described in detail here.
需要说明的是:所述计算机可读存储介质可以是处理器能够存取的任何可用介质或数据存储设备,包括但不限于磁性存储器(例如软盘、硬盘、磁带、磁光盘(MO)等)、光学存储器(例如CD、DVD、BD、HVD等)、以及半导体存储器(例如ROM、EPROM、EEPROM、非易失性存储器(NAND FLASH)、固态硬盘(SSD))等。It should be noted that the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium or data storage device that can be accessed by the processor, including but not limited to magnetic storage (such as floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes, magneto-optical disks (MO), etc.), optical storage (such as CD, DVD, BD, HVD, etc.), and semiconductor storage (such as ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid-state drive (SSD)), etc.
另外需要说明的是:本公开实施例中术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换,以便本公开的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施,且“第一”、“第二” 所区别的对象通常为一类,并不限定对象的个数,例如第一对象可以是一个,也可以是多个。It should also be noted that the terms "first", "second", etc. in the embodiments of the present disclosure are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It should be understood that the terms used in this way can be interchangeable under appropriate circumstances, so that the embodiments of the present disclosure can be implemented in an order other than those illustrated or described herein, and "first", "second", etc. The objects to be distinguished are usually of one type, and the number of objects is not limited. For example, the first object can be one or more.
本公开实施例中术语“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, the term "and/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist. For example, A and/or B may represent three situations: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
本公开实施例中术语“多个”是指两个或两个以上,其它量词与之类似。The term "plurality" in the embodiments of the present disclosure refers to two or more than two, and other quantifiers are similar thereto.
本公开实施例提供的技术方案可以适用于多种系统,尤其是5G系统。例如适用的系统可以是全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)系统、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统、高级长期演进(long term evolution advanced,LTE-A)系统、通用移动系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)系统、5G新空口(New Radio,NR)系统等。这多种系统中均包括终端设备和网络设备。系统中还可以包括核心网部分,例如演进的分组系统(Evloved Packet System,EPS)、5G系统(5GS)等。The technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure can be applicable to a variety of systems, especially 5G systems. For example, the applicable systems can be global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) general packet radio service (GPRS) system, long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD) system, long term evolution advanced (LTE-A) system, universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) system, 5G new radio (NR) system, etc. These various systems all include terminal equipment and network equipment. The system can also include core network parts, such as the Evolved Packet System (EPS), 5G system (5GS), etc.
本公开实施例涉及的终端设备,可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备等。在不同的系统中,终端设备的名称可能也不相同,例如在5G系统中,终端设备可以称为用户设备(User Equipment,UE)。无线终端设备可以经无线接入网(Radio Access  Network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网(Core Network,CN)进行通信,无线终端设备可以是移动终端设备,如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端设备的计算机,例如,可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如,个人通信业务(Personal Communication Service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(Session Initiated Protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)等设备。无线终端设备也可以称为系统、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point)、远程终端设备(remote terminal)、接入终端设备(access terminal)、用户终端设备(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、用户装置(user device),本公开实施例中并不限定。The terminal device involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem. In different systems, the names of terminal devices may also be different. For example, in a 5G system, a terminal device may be called a user equipment (UE). A wireless terminal device can be connected to a wireless network (RAN) through a wireless access network. The wireless terminal device may be a mobile terminal device, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal device, for example, a portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built-in or vehicle-mounted mobile device, which exchanges language and/or data with the wireless access network. For example, Personal Communication Service (PCS) phone, cordless phone, Session Initiated Protocol (SIP) phone, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, Personal Digital Assistant (PDA) and other devices. The wireless terminal device may also be referred to as a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, an access point, a remote terminal device, an access terminal device, a user terminal device, a user agent, a user device, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
本公开实施例涉及的网络设备,可以是基站,该基站可以包括多个为终端提供服务的小区。根据具体应用场合不同,基站又可以称为接入点,或者可以是接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个扇区与无线终端设备通信的设备,或者其它名称。网络设备可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(Internet Protocol,IP)分组进行相互更换,作为无线终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括网际协议(IP)通信网络。网络设备还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如,本公开实施例涉及的网络设备可以是全球移动通信系统(Global System for Mobile communications,GSM)或码分多址接入(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)中的网络设备(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是带宽码分多址接入(Wide-band Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)中的网络设备(NodeB),还可以是长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统中的演进型网络设备(evolutional Node B,eNB或e-NodeB)、5G网络架构(next  generation system)中的5G基站(gNB),也可以是家庭演进基站(Home evolved Node B,HeNB)、中继节点(relay node)、家庭基站(femto)、微微基站(pico)等,本公开实施例中并不限定。在一些网络结构中,网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点和分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点,集中单元和分布单元也可以地理上分开布置。The network device involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be a base station, which may include multiple cells providing services to the terminal. Depending on the specific application scenario, the base station may also be called an access point, or may be a device in the access network that communicates with the wireless terminal device through one or more sectors on the air interface, or other names. The network device can be used to interchange received air frames with Internet Protocol (IP) packets, and serve as a router between the wireless terminal device and the rest of the access network, wherein the rest of the access network may include an Internet Protocol (IP) communication network. The network device may also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface. For example, the network device involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be a network device (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in the Global System for Mobile communications (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), or a network device (NodeB) in Wide-band Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), or an evolutionary network device (evolutional Node B, eNB or e-NodeB) in the long term evolution (LTE) system, or a 5G network architecture (next The 5G base station (gNB) in the 5G generation system may also be a home evolved Node B (HeNB), a relay node, a femto, a pico, etc., which is not limited in the embodiments of the present disclosure. In some network structures, the network equipment may include a centralized unit (CU) node and a distributed unit (DU) node, and the centralized unit and the distributed unit may also be arranged geographically separately.
本公开中的“基于A确定B”表示确定B时要考虑A这个因素。并不限于“只基于A就可以确定出B”,还应包括:“基于A和C确定B”、“基于A、C和E确定B”、基于“A确定C,基于C进一步确定B”等。另外还可以包括将A作为确定B的条件,例如,“当A满足第一条件时,使用第一方法确定B”;再例如,“当A满足第二条件时,确定B”等;再例如,“当A满足第三条件时,基于第一参数确定B”等。当然也可以是将A作为确定B的因素的条件,例如,“当A满足第一条件时,使用第一方法确定C,并进一步基于C确定B”等。"Determine B based on A" in the present disclosure means that the factor A should be considered when determining B. It is not limited to "B can be determined based on A alone", but should also include: "Determine B based on A and C", "Determine B based on A, C and E", "Determine C based on A, and further determine B based on C", etc. It can also include taking A as a condition for determining B, for example, "When A meets the first condition, use the first method to determine B"; for example, "When A meets the second condition, determine B", etc.; for example, "When A meets the third condition, determine B based on the first parameter", etc. Of course, it can also be a condition that takes A as a factor for determining B, for example, "When A meets the first condition, use the first method to determine C, and further determine B based on C", etc.
网络设备与终端设备之间可以各自使用一或多根天线进行多输入多输出(Multi Input Multi Output,MIMO)传输,MIMO传输可以是单用户MIMO(Single User MIMO,SU-MIMO)或多用户MIMO(Multiple User MIMO,MU-MIMO)。根据根天线组合的形态和数量,MIMO传输可以是2D-MIMO、3D-MIMO、FD-MIMO或massive-MIMO,也可以是分集传输或预编码传输或波束赋形传输等。Network devices and terminal devices can each use one or more antennas for multiple input multiple output (MIMO) transmission. MIMO transmission can be single user MIMO (SU-MIMO) or multi-user MIMO (MU-MIMO). Depending on the form and number of antenna combinations, MIMO transmission can be 2D-MIMO, 3D-MIMO, FD-MIMO or massive-MIMO, or it can be diversity transmission, precoded transmission or beamforming transmission, etc.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本公开的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本公开可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本公开可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器和光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。 Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the embodiments of the present disclosure may be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Therefore, the present disclosure may take the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, the present disclosure may take the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage and optical storage, etc.) containing computer-usable program code.
本公开是参照根据本公开实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机可执行指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机可执行指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present disclosure is described with reference to the flowchart and/or block diagram of the method, device (system), and computer program product according to the embodiment of the present disclosure. It should be understood that each process and/or box in the flowchart and/or block diagram, as well as the combination of the process and/or box in the flowchart and/or block diagram can be implemented by computer executable instructions. These computer executable instructions can be provided to a processor of a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, an embedded processor or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine, so that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing device produce a device for implementing the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one box or multiple boxes in the block diagram.
这些处理器可执行指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的处理器可读存储器中,使得存储在该处理器可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These processor-executable instructions may also be stored in a processor-readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the processor-readable memory produce a product including an instruction device that implements the functions specified in one or more processes in the flowchart and/or one or more boxes in the block diagram.
这些处理器可执行指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These processor-executable instructions may also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device so that a series of operational steps are executed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process, whereby the instructions executed on the computer or other programmable device provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more processes in the flowchart and/or one or more boxes in the block diagram.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本公开进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本公开的精神和范围。这样,倘若本公开的这些修改和变型属于本公开权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本公开也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。 Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the present disclosure without departing from the spirit and scope of the present disclosure. Thus, if these modifications and variations of the present disclosure fall within the scope of the claims of the present disclosure and their equivalents, the present disclosure is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (77)

  1. 一种信息传输方法,应用于终端,包括:An information transmission method, applied to a terminal, comprising:
    在第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,基于所述第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本;所述第一信息为指示码本的信息;In a case where the first scheduling information includes first information, determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information; the first information is information indicating the codebook;
    基于所述第一信道对应的码本发送所述第一信道。The first channel is sent based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述方法还包括:获取第二信息,并确定所述第一信道对应的天线端口数;The information transmission method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises: acquiring second information and determining the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel;
    在所述天线端口数大于或等于第一预设值的情况下,基于所述第二信息确定所述第一调度信息中包括所述第一信息。When the number of antenna ports is greater than or equal to a first preset value, it is determined based on the second information that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述第二信息为码本子集信息。The information transmission method according to claim 2, wherein the second information is codebook subset information.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The information transmission method according to claim 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    基于所述第二信息确定第一调度信息中第一信息的比特宽度;determining a bit width of first information in the first scheduling information based on the second information;
    基于所述比特宽度,确定所述第一信息。Based on the bit width, the first information is determined.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述第一信息用于指示码本对应的类型和/或表格;The information transmission method according to claim 1, wherein the first information is used to indicate a type and/or table corresponding to the codebook;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第一信息指示预设码本中不可用的预编码矩阵。The first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的信息传输方法,其中,在所述第一信息的状态为第一状态或所述第一信息的值为第一数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:The information transmission method according to claim 5, wherein, when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
    全相干码本;Fully coherent codebook;
    部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
    非相干码本;Non-coherent codebook;
    和/或,and / or,
    在所述第一信息的状态为第二状态或所述第一信息的值为第二 数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:When the state of the first information is the second state or the value of the first information is the second In the case of a numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
    部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
    非相干码本。Non-coherent codebook.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述第一调度信息中包括预编码指示信息,所述预编码指示信息指示所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵;The information transmission method according to claim 1, wherein the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
    基于所述第一信道对应的码本发送所述第一信道,包括:Sending the first channel based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel includes:
    从所述第一信道对应的码本中确定所述预编码指示信息指示的预编码矩阵;Determine a precoding matrix indicated by the precoding indication information from a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
    基于所述预编码矩阵发送所述第一信道。The first channel is transmitted based on the precoding matrix.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述第一信息和所述预编码指示信息通过同一个信息域或参数携带;The information transmission method according to claim 7, wherein the first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
    或,or,
    所述第一信息通过第一信息域或第一参数携带,所述预编码指示信息通过第二信息域或第二参数携带。The first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter, and the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述预编码指示信息的编码方式与所述第一信息相关联;The information transmission method according to claim 8, wherein the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式与所述第一信息相关联。The generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
  10. 根据权利要求7所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,所述预编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数;The information transmission method according to claim 7, wherein the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
    或,or,
    所述预编码指示信息采用位图的方式指示预编码矩阵; The precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner;
    或,or,
    所述预编码指示信息指示天线选择向量构成的预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors;
    其中,所述天线端口数X是基于所述第一信道对应的天线端口数确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是基于网络设备的指示确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是预定义的;所述天线选择向量是指只有一个元素非零的列向量。The number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述网络设备的指示包括以下一种或多种:The information transmission method according to claim 10, wherein the indication of the network device includes one or more of the following:
    天线端口分组方式的指示;或an indication of how the antenna ports are grouped; or
    码本的类型的指示。An indication of the type of codebook.
  12. 根据权利要求1所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The information transmission method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述第一信息的状态为第三状态或所述第一信息的值为第三数值的情况下,确定所述第一调度信息中还包括层数指示比特位;When the state of the first information is the third state or the value of the first information is the third value, determining that the first scheduling information also includes a layer number indication bit;
    或,or,
    在所述第一信息的状态为第四状态或所述第一信息的值为第四数值的情况下,确定所述第一调度信息中不包括层数指示比特位;When the state of the first information is the fourth state or the value of the first information is the fourth value, determining that the first scheduling information does not include a layer number indication bit;
    或,or,
    确定所述第一调度信息中还包括层数指示比特位;Determining that the first scheduling information also includes a layer number indication bit;
    其中,所述层数指示比特位用于指示传输层数。The layer number indication bit is used to indicate the number of transmission layers.
  13. 根据权利要求1所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The information transmission method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    获取网络设备发送的码本配置信息;所述码本配置信息用于确定第一信道对应的码本;Acquire codebook configuration information sent by a network device; the codebook configuration information is used to determine a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
    基于所述第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本,包括:Determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information includes:
    在所述第一信息的状态为第五状态或所述第一信息的值为第五数值的情况下,基于所述码本配置信息确定第一信道对应的码本。 When the state of the first information is the fifth state or the value of the first information is the fifth value, a codebook corresponding to the first channel is determined based on the codebook configuration information.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述码本配置信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种:The information transmission method according to claim 13, wherein the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
    天线组数;Number of antenna groups;
    水平维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the horizontal dimension;
    垂直维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the vertical dimension;
    水平维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the horizontal dimension;
    垂直维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the vertical dimension;
    天线组间的相位旋转系数;或The phase rotation factor between antenna groups; or
    极化天线间的相位旋转系数。Phase rotation factor between polarized antennas.
  15. 一种信息传输方法,应用于网络设备,包括:An information transmission method, applied to a network device, comprising:
    基于第一信道对应的码本确定第一调度信息;Determine first scheduling information based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
    在所述第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,向终端发送所述第一调度信息;所述第一信道对应的码本对应于所述第一信息。In a case where the first scheduling information includes first information, the first scheduling information is sent to a terminal; and a codebook corresponding to the first channel corresponds to the first information.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The information transmission method according to claim 15, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述终端发送第二信息;所述第二信息用于指示第一调度信息中包括第一信息。Sending second information to the terminal; the second information is used to indicate that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述第二信息为码本子集信息。The information transmission method according to claim 16, wherein the second information is codebook subset information.
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The information transmission method according to claim 16, wherein the method further comprises:
    确定所述第一信息的比特宽度,所述第一信息的比特宽度与所述第二信息具有关联关系。A bit width of the first information is determined, wherein the bit width of the first information is associated with the second information.
  19. 根据权利要求15所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述第一信息用于指示码本对应的类型和/或表格;The information transmission method according to claim 15, wherein the first information is used to indicate a type and/or table corresponding to the codebook;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第一信息指示预设码本中不可用的预编码矩阵。 The first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的信息传输方法,其中,在所述第一信息的状态为第一状态或所述第一信息的值为第一数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:The information transmission method according to claim 19, wherein, when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
    全相干码本;Fully coherent codebook;
    部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
    非相干码本;Non-coherent codebook;
    和/或,and / or,
    在所述第一信息的状态为第二状态或所述第一信息的值为第二数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:When the state of the first information is the second state or the value of the first information is the second value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
    部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
    非相干码本。Non-coherent codebook.
  21. 根据权利要求15所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述第一调度信息中包括预编码指示信息,所述预编码指示信息指示所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵;The information transmission method according to claim 15, wherein the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
    所述第一信息和所述预编码指示信息通过同一个信息域或参数携带;The first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
    或,or,
    所述第一信息通过第一信息域或第一参数携带,所述预编码指示信息通过第二信息域或第二参数携带。The first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter, and the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的信息传输方法,其中,The information transmission method according to claim 21, wherein:
    所述预编码指示信息的编码方式与所述第一信息相关联;The encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式与所述第一信息相关联。The generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
  23. 根据权利要求21所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数 为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,所述预编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数;The information transmission method according to claim 21, wherein the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of numbers of antenna ports of is a precoding matrix of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates one transmission layer number or multiple transmission layer numbers;
    或,or,
    所述预编码指示信息采用位图的方式指示预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner;
    或,or,
    所述预编码指示信息指示天线选择向量构成的预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors;
    其中,所述天线端口数X是基于所述第一信道对应的天线端口数确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是基于网络设备的指示确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是预定义的;所述天线选择向量是指只有一个元素非零的列向量。The number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述网络设备的指示包括以下一种或多种:The information transmission method according to claim 23, wherein the indication of the network device includes one or more of the following:
    天线端口分组方式的指示;或an indication of how the antenna ports are grouped; or
    码本的类型的指示。An indication of the type of codebook.
  25. 根据权利要求15所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The information transmission method according to claim 15, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述终端发送码本配置信息;所述码本配置信息用于确定第一信道对应的码本。Sending codebook configuration information to the terminal; the codebook configuration information is used to determine a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的信息传输方法,其中,所述码本配置信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种:The information transmission method according to claim 25, wherein the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
    天线组数;Number of antenna groups;
    水平维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the horizontal dimension;
    垂直维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the vertical dimension;
    水平维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the horizontal dimension;
    垂直维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the vertical dimension;
    天线组间的相位旋转系数;或The phase rotation factor between antenna groups; or
    极化天线间的相位旋转系数。 Phase rotation factor between polarized antennas.
  27. 一种终端,包括存储器,收发机,处理器;A terminal comprises a memory, a transceiver, and a processor;
    存储器,用于存储计算机程序;收发机,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:A memory for storing a computer program; a transceiver for transmitting and receiving data under the control of the processor; and a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
    在第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,基于所述第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本;所述第一信息为指示码本的信息;In a case where the first scheduling information includes first information, determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information; the first information is information indicating the codebook;
    基于所述第一信道对应的码本发送所述第一信道。The first channel is sent based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的终端,其中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:The terminal according to claim 27, wherein the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
    获取第二信息,并确定所述第一信道对应的天线端口数;Acquire second information, and determine the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel;
    在所述天线端口数大于或等于第一预设值的情况下,基于所述第二信息确定所述第一调度信息中包括所述第一信息。When the number of antenna ports is greater than or equal to a first preset value, it is determined based on the second information that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的终端,其中,所述第二信息为码本子集信息。The terminal according to claim 28, wherein the second information is codebook subset information.
  30. 根据权利要求28所述的终端,其中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:The terminal according to claim 28, wherein the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
    基于所述第二信息确定第一调度信息中第一信息的比特宽度;determining a bit width of first information in the first scheduling information based on the second information;
    基于所述比特宽度,确定所述第一信息。Based on the bit width, the first information is determined.
  31. 根据权利要求27所述的终端,其中,所述第一信息用于指示码本对应的类型和/或表格;The terminal according to claim 27, wherein the first information is used to indicate a type and/or table corresponding to the codebook;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第一信息指示预设码本中不可用的预编码矩阵。The first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的终端,其中,在所述第一信息的状态为第一状态或所述第一信息的值为第一数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:The terminal according to claim 31, wherein, when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
    全相干码本;Fully coherent codebook;
    部分相干码本;或 Partially coherent codebook; or
    非相干码本;Non-coherent codebook;
    和/或,and / or,
    在所述第一信息的状态为第二状态或所述第一信息的值为第二数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:When the state of the first information is the second state or the value of the first information is the second value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
    部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
    非相干码本。Non-coherent codebook.
  33. 根据权利要求27所述的终端,其中,所述第一调度信息中包括预编码指示信息,所述预编码指示信息指示所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵;The terminal according to claim 27, wherein the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
    基于所述第一信道对应的码本发送所述第一信道,包括:Sending the first channel based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel includes:
    从所述第一信道对应的码本中确定所述预编码指示信息指示的预编码矩阵;Determine a precoding matrix indicated by the precoding indication information from a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
    基于所述预编码矩阵发送所述第一信道。The first channel is transmitted based on the precoding matrix.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的终端,其中,所述第一信息和所述预编码指示信息通过同一个信息域或参数携带;The terminal according to claim 33, wherein the first information and the precoding indication information are carried by the same information field or parameter;
    或,or,
    所述第一信息通过第一信息域或第一参数携带,所述预编码指示信息通过第二信息域或第二参数携带。The first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter, and the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的终端,其中,所述预编码指示信息的编码方式与所述第一信息相关联;The terminal according to claim 34, wherein the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式与所述第一信息相关联。The generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
  36. 根据权利要求33所述的终端,其中,所述预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,所述预编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传 输层数;The terminal according to claim 33, wherein the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a transmission layer number or a plurality of transmission layers. Number of input layers;
    或,or,
    所述预编码指示信息采用位图的方式指示预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner;
    或,or,
    所述预编码指示信息指示天线选择向量构成的预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors;
    其中,所述天线端口数X是基于所述第一信道对应的天线端口数确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是基于网络设备的指示确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是预定义的;所述天线选择向量是指只有一个元素非零的列向量。The number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的终端,其中,所述网络设备的指示包括以下一种或多种:The terminal according to claim 36, wherein the indication of the network device comprises one or more of the following:
    天线端口分组方式的指示;或an indication of how the antenna ports are grouped; or
    码本的类型的指示。An indication of the type of codebook.
  38. 根据权利要求27所述的终端,其中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:The terminal according to claim 27, wherein the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
    在所述第一信息的状态为第三状态或所述第一信息的值为第三数值的情况下,确定所述第一调度信息中还包括层数指示比特位;When the state of the first information is the third state or the value of the first information is the third value, determining that the first scheduling information also includes a layer number indication bit;
    或,or,
    在所述第一信息的状态为第四状态或所述第一信息的值为第四数值的情况下,确定所述第一调度信息中不包括层数指示比特位;When the state of the first information is the fourth state or the value of the first information is the fourth value, determining that the first scheduling information does not include a layer number indication bit;
    或,or,
    确定所述第一调度信息中包括层数指示比特位;Determining that the first scheduling information includes a layer number indication bit;
    其中,所述层数指示比特位用于指示传输层数。The layer number indication bit is used to indicate the number of transmission layers.
  39. 根据权利要求27所述的终端,其中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:The terminal according to claim 27, wherein the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
    获取网络设备发送的码本配置信息;所述码本配置信息用于确定第一信道对应的码本; Acquire codebook configuration information sent by a network device; the codebook configuration information is used to determine a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
    基于所述第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本,包括:Determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information includes:
    在所述第一信息的状态为第五状态或所述第一信息的值为第五数值的情况下,基于所述码本配置信息确定第一信道对应的码本。When the state of the first information is the fifth state or the value of the first information is the fifth value, a codebook corresponding to the first channel is determined based on the codebook configuration information.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的终端,其中,所述码本配置信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种:The terminal according to claim 39, wherein the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
    天线组数;Number of antenna groups;
    水平维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the horizontal dimension;
    垂直维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the vertical dimension;
    水平维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the horizontal dimension;
    垂直维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the vertical dimension;
    天线组间的相位旋转系数;或The phase rotation factor between antenna groups; or
    极化天线间的相位旋转系数。Phase rotation factor between polarized antennas.
  41. 一种网络设备,包括存储器,收发机,处理器;A network device, comprising a memory, a transceiver, and a processor;
    存储器,用于存储计算机程序;收发机,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:A memory for storing a computer program; a transceiver for transmitting and receiving data under the control of the processor; and a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
    基于第一信道对应的码本确定第一调度信息;Determine first scheduling information based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
    在所述第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,向终端发送所述第一调度信息;所述第一信道对应的码本对应于所述第一信息。In a case where the first scheduling information includes first information, the first scheduling information is sent to a terminal; and a codebook corresponding to the first channel corresponds to the first information.
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的网络设备,其中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:The network device according to claim 41, wherein the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
    向所述终端发送第二信息;所述第二信息用于指示第一调度信息中包括第一信息。Sending second information to the terminal; the second information is used to indicate that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的网络设备,其中,所述第二信息为码本子集信息。The network device according to claim 42, wherein the second information is codebook subset information.
  44. 根据权利要求42所述的网络设备,其中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作: The network device according to claim 42, wherein the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
    确定所述第一信息的比特宽度,所述第一信息的比特宽度与所述第二信息具有关联关系。A bit width of the first information is determined, wherein the bit width of the first information is associated with the second information.
  45. 根据权利要求41所述的网络设备,其中,所述第一信息用于指示码本对应的类型和/或表格;The network device according to claim 41, wherein the first information is used to indicate a type and/or table corresponding to the codebook;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第一信息指示预设码本中不可用的预编码矩阵。The first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的网络设备,其中,在所述第一信息的状态为第一状态或所述第一信息的值为第一数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:The network device according to claim 45, wherein, when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
    全相干码本;Fully coherent codebook;
    部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
    非相干码本;Non-coherent codebook;
    和/或,and / or,
    在所述第一信息的状态为第二状态或所述第一信息的值为第二数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:When the state of the first information is the second state or the value of the first information is the second value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
    部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
    非相干码本。Non-coherent codebook.
  47. 根据权利要求41所述的网络设备,其中,所述第一调度信息中包括预编码指示信息,所述预编码指示信息指示所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵;The network device according to claim 41, wherein the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
    所述第一信息和所述预编码指示信息通过同一个信息域或参数携带;The first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
    或,or,
    所述第一信息通过第一信息域或第一参数携带,所述预编码指示信息通过第二信息域或第二参数携带。The first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter, and the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的网络设备,其中,所述预编码指示 信息的编码方式与所述第一信息相关联;The network device according to claim 47, wherein the precoding indication The encoding method of the information is associated with the first information;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式与所述第一信息相关联。The generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
  49. 根据权利要求47所述的网络设备,其中,所述预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,所述预编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数;The network device according to claim 47, wherein the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
    或,or,
    所述预编码指示信息采用位图的方式指示预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner;
    或,or,
    所述预编码指示信息指示天线选择向量构成的预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors;
    其中,所述天线端口数X是基于所述第一信道对应的天线端口数确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是基于网络设备的指示确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是预定义的;所述天线选择向量是指只有一个元素非零的列向量。The number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的网络设备,其中,所述网络设备的指示包括以下一种或多种:The network device of claim 49, wherein the indication of the network device comprises one or more of the following:
    天线端口分组方式的指示;或an indication of how the antenna ports are grouped; or
    码本的类型的指示。An indication of the type of codebook.
  51. 根据权利要求41所述的网络设备,其中,所述处理器还用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:The network device according to claim 41, wherein the processor is further configured to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
    向所述终端发送码本配置信息;所述码本配置信息用于确定第一信道对应的码本。Sending codebook configuration information to the terminal; the codebook configuration information is used to determine a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的网络设备,其中,所述码本配置信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种:The network device according to claim 51, wherein the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
    天线组数; Number of antenna groups;
    水平维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the horizontal dimension;
    垂直维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the vertical dimension;
    水平维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the horizontal dimension;
    垂直维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the vertical dimension;
    天线组间的相位旋转系数;或The phase rotation factor between antenna groups; or
    极化天线间的相位旋转系数。Phase rotation factor between polarized antennas.
  53. 一种信息传输装置,包括:An information transmission device, comprising:
    第一确定模块,用于在第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,基于所述第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本;所述第一信息为指示码本的信息;A first determining module, configured to determine a codebook corresponding to a first channel based on first information when the first scheduling information includes first information; the first information is information indicating a codebook;
    第一发送模块,用于基于所述第一信道对应的码本发送所述第一信道。The first sending module is configured to send the first channel based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的信息传输装置,其中,还包括第一获取模块和第三确定模块;The information transmission device according to claim 53, further comprising a first acquisition module and a third determination module;
    所述第一获取模块用于获取第二信息,并确定所述第一信道对应的天线端口数;The first acquisition module is used to acquire second information and determine the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel;
    所述第三确定模块用于在所述天线端口数大于或等于第一预设值的情况下,基于所述第二信息确定所述第一调度信息中包括所述第一信息。The third determination module is used to determine, based on the second information, that the first scheduling information includes the first information when the number of antenna ports is greater than or equal to a first preset value.
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的信息传输装置,其中,所述第二信息为码本子集信息。The information transmission device according to claim 54, wherein the second information is codebook subset information.
  56. 根据权利要求54所述的信息传输装置,其中,还包括第四确定模块和第五确定模块;The information transmission device according to claim 54, further comprising a fourth determination module and a fifth determination module;
    所述第四确定模块用于基于所述第二信息确定第一调度信息中第一信息的比特宽度;The fourth determination module is used to determine the bit width of the first information in the first scheduling information based on the second information;
    所述第五确定模块用于基于所述比特宽度,确定所述第一信息。The fifth determination module is used to determine the first information based on the bit width.
  57. 根据权利要求53所述的信息传输装置,其中,所述第一信 息用于指示码本对应的类型和/或表格;The information transmission device according to claim 53, wherein the first The information is used to indicate the type and/or table corresponding to the codebook;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第一信息指示预设码本中不可用的预编码矩阵。The first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的信息传输装置,其中,在所述第一信息的状态为第一状态或所述第一信息的值为第一数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:The information transmission device according to claim 57, wherein, when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
    全相干码本;Fully coherent codebook;
    部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
    非相干码本;Non-coherent codebook;
    和/或,and / or,
    在所述第一信息的状态为第二状态或所述第一信息的值为第二数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:When the state of the first information is the second state or the value of the first information is the second value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
    部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
    非相干码本。Non-coherent codebook.
  59. 根据权利要求53所述的信息传输装置,其中,所述第一调度信息中包括预编码指示信息,所述预编码指示信息指示所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵;The information transmission device according to claim 53, wherein the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
    基于所述第一信道对应的码本发送所述第一信道,包括:Sending the first channel based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel includes:
    从所述第一信道对应的码本中确定所述预编码指示信息指示的预编码矩阵;Determine a precoding matrix indicated by the precoding indication information from a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
    基于所述预编码矩阵发送所述第一信道。The first channel is transmitted based on the precoding matrix.
  60. 根据权利要求59所述的信息传输装置,其中,所述第一信息和所述预编码指示信息通过同一个信息域或参数携带;The information transmission device according to claim 59, wherein the first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
    或,or,
    所述第一信息通过第一信息域或第一参数携带,所述预编码指示信息通过第二信息域或第二参数携带。 The first information is carried through a first information field or a first parameter, and the precoding indication information is carried through a second information field or a second parameter.
  61. 根据权利要求60所述的信息传输装置,其中,所述预编码指示信息的编码方式与所述第一信息相关联;The information transmission device according to claim 60, wherein the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式与所述第一信息相关联。The generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
  62. 根据权利要求59所述的信息传输装置,其中,所述预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,所述预编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数;The information transmission device according to claim 59, wherein the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
    或,or,
    所述预编码指示信息采用位图的方式指示预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner;
    或,or,
    所述预编码指示信息指示天线选择向量构成的预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors;
    其中,所述天线端口数X是基于所述第一信道对应的天线端口数确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是基于网络设备的指示确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是预定义的;所述天线选择向量是指只有一个元素非零的列向量。The number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
  63. 根据权利要求53所述的信息传输装置,其中,还包括第六确定模块;所述第六确定模块用于:The information transmission device according to claim 53, further comprising a sixth determination module; the sixth determination module is used to:
    在所述第一信息的状态为第三状态或所述第一信息的值为第三数值的情况下,确定所述第一调度信息中还包括层数指示比特位;When the state of the first information is the third state or the value of the first information is the third value, determining that the first scheduling information also includes a layer number indication bit;
    或,or,
    在所述第一信息的状态为第四状态或所述第一信息的值为第四数值的情况下,确定所述第一调度信息中不包括层数指示比特位;When the state of the first information is the fourth state or the value of the first information is the fourth value, determining that the first scheduling information does not include a layer number indication bit;
    或,or,
    确定所述第一调度信息中包括层数指示比特位;Determining that the first scheduling information includes a layer number indication bit;
    其中,所述层数指示比特位用于指示传输层数。 The layer number indication bit is used to indicate the number of transmission layers.
  64. 根据权利要求53所述的信息传输装置,其中,还包括第二获取模块;The information transmission device according to claim 53, further comprising a second acquisition module;
    所述第二获取模块用于获取网络设备发送的码本配置信息;所述码本配置信息用于确定第一信道对应的码本;The second acquisition module is used to acquire codebook configuration information sent by the network device; the codebook configuration information is used to determine the codebook corresponding to the first channel;
    基于所述第一信息确定第一信道对应的码本,包括:Determining a codebook corresponding to the first channel based on the first information includes:
    在所述第一信息的状态为第五状态或所述第一信息的值为第五数值的情况下,基于所述码本配置信息确定第一信道对应的码本。When the state of the first information is the fifth state or the value of the first information is the fifth value, a codebook corresponding to the first channel is determined based on the codebook configuration information.
  65. 根据权利要求64所述的信息传输装置,其中,所述码本配置信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种:The information transmission device according to claim 64, wherein the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
    天线组数;Number of antenna groups;
    水平维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the horizontal dimension;
    垂直维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the vertical dimension;
    水平维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the horizontal dimension;
    垂直维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the vertical dimension;
    天线组间的相位旋转系数;或The phase rotation factor between antenna groups; or
    极化天线间的相位旋转系数。Phase rotation factor between polarized antennas.
  66. 一种信息传输装置,包括:An information transmission device, comprising:
    第二确定模块,用于基于第一信道对应的码本确定第一调度信息;A second determining module, configured to determine first scheduling information based on a codebook corresponding to the first channel;
    第二发送模块,用于在所述第一调度信息中包括第一信息的情况下,向终端发送所述第一调度信息;所述第一信道对应的码本对应于所述第一信息。The second sending module is used to send the first scheduling information to the terminal when the first scheduling information includes first information; the codebook corresponding to the first channel corresponds to the first information.
  67. 根据权利要求66所述的信息传输装置,其中,还包括第三发送模块;The information transmission device according to claim 66, further comprising a third sending module;
    所述第三发送模块用于向所述终端发送第二信息;所述第二信息用于指示第一调度信息中包括第一信息。The third sending module is used to send second information to the terminal; the second information is used to indicate that the first scheduling information includes the first information.
  68. 根据权利要求67所述的信息传输装置,其中,所述第二信息为码本子集信息。 The information transmission device according to claim 67, wherein the second information is codebook subset information.
  69. 根据权利要求67所述的信息传输装置,其中,还包括第八确定模块;The information transmission device according to claim 67, further comprising an eighth determination module;
    所述第八确定模块用于确定所述第一信息的比特宽度,所述第一信息的比特宽度与所述第二信息具有关联关系。The eighth determination module is used to determine a bit width of the first information, and the bit width of the first information is associated with the second information.
  70. 根据权利要求66所述的信息传输装置,其中,所述第一信息用于指示码本对应的类型和/或表格;The information transmission device according to claim 66, wherein the first information is used to indicate a type and/or table corresponding to the codebook;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第一信息指示预设码本中不可用的预编码矩阵。The first information indicates a precoding matrix that is unavailable in a preset codebook.
  71. 根据权利要求70所述的信息传输装置,其中,在所述第一信息的状态为第一状态或所述第一信息的值为第一数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:The information transmission device according to claim 70, wherein, when the state of the first information is the first state or the value of the first information is the first numerical value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
    全相干码本;Fully coherent codebook;
    部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
    非相干码本;Non-coherent codebook;
    和/或,and / or,
    在所述第一信息的状态为第二状态或所述第一信息的值为第二数值的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示以下类型的码本中的一种或多种:When the state of the first information is the second state or the value of the first information is the second value, the first information is used to indicate one or more of the following types of codebooks:
    部分相干码本;或Partially coherent codebook; or
    非相干码本。Non-coherent codebook.
  72. 根据权利要求66所述的信息传输装置,其中,所述第一调度信息中包括预编码指示信息,所述预编码指示信息指示所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵;The information transmission device according to claim 66, wherein the first scheduling information includes precoding indication information, and the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel;
    所述第一信息和所述预编码指示信息通过同一个信息域或参数携带;The first information and the precoding indication information are carried through the same information field or parameter;
    或,or,
    所述第一信息通过第一信息域或第一参数携带,所述预编码指示 信息通过第二信息域或第二参数携带。The first information is carried by a first information field or a first parameter, and the precoding indication The information is carried by the second information field or the second parameter.
  73. 根据权利要求72所述的信息传输装置,其中,所述预编码指示信息的编码方式与所述第一信息相关联;The information transmission device according to claim 72, wherein the encoding method of the precoding indication information is associated with the first information;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述第一信道对应的预编码矩阵的生成方式与所述第一信息相关联。The generation method of the precoding matrix corresponding to the first channel is associated with the first information.
  74. 根据权利要求72所述的信息传输装置,其中,所述预编码指示信息指示一个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵或多个天线端口数为X的预编码矩阵,和/或,所述预编码指示信息指示一个传输层数或多个传输层数;The information transmission device according to claim 72, wherein the precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix with a number of antenna ports of X or a plurality of precoding matrices with a number of antenna ports of X, and/or the precoding indication information indicates a number of transmission layers or a plurality of transmission layers;
    或,or,
    所述预编码指示信息采用位图的方式指示预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates the precoding matrix in a bitmap manner;
    或,or,
    所述预编码指示信息指示天线选择向量构成的预编码矩阵;The precoding indication information indicates a precoding matrix formed by antenna selection vectors;
    其中,所述天线端口数X是基于所述第一信道对应的天线端口数确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是基于网络设备的指示确定的,和/或,所述天线端口数X是预定义的;所述天线选择向量是指只有一个元素非零的列向量。The number of antenna ports X is determined based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the first channel, and/or the number of antenna ports X is determined based on an indication of a network device, and/or the number of antenna ports X is predefined; the antenna selection vector refers to a column vector having only one non-zero element.
  75. 根据权利要求66所述的信息传输装置,其中,还包括第四发送模块;The information transmission device according to claim 66, further comprising a fourth sending module;
    所述第四发送模块用于向所述终端发送码本配置信息;所述码本配置信息用于确定第一信道对应的码本。The fourth sending module is used to send codebook configuration information to the terminal; the codebook configuration information is used to determine the codebook corresponding to the first channel.
  76. 根据权利要求75所述的信息传输装置,其中,所述码本配置信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种:The information transmission device according to claim 75, wherein the codebook configuration information includes one or more of the following information:
    天线组数;Number of antenna groups;
    水平维度的天线数;Number of antennas in the horizontal dimension;
    垂直维度的天线数; Number of antennas in the vertical dimension;
    水平维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the horizontal dimension;
    垂直维度的过采样因子;Oversampling factor in the vertical dimension;
    天线组间的相位旋转系数;或The phase rotation factor between antenna groups; or
    极化天线间的相位旋转系数。Phase rotation factor between polarized antennas.
  77. 一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于使计算机执行权利要求1至27中的任一项所述的信息传输方法。 A computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program, wherein the computer program is used to cause a computer to execute the information transmission method according to any one of claims 1 to 27.
PCT/CN2023/120376 2022-09-30 2023-09-21 Information transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium WO2024067346A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211217126.5 2022-09-30
CN202211217126.5A CN117856838A (en) 2022-09-30 2022-09-30 Information transmission method, device and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024067346A1 true WO2024067346A1 (en) 2024-04-04

Family

ID=90476214

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/120376 WO2024067346A1 (en) 2022-09-30 2023-09-21 Information transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117856838A (en)
WO (1) WO2024067346A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20180375555A1 (en) * 2015-11-18 2018-12-27 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and device for transmitting and receiving channel state information in mobile communication system
US20190181939A1 (en) * 2017-12-09 2019-06-13 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Channel Measurement Method And User Equipment
CN111867078A (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-10-30 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Uplink signal transmission method, scheduling information determination method and related equipment
CN112399403A (en) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-23 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method and device for determining uplink scheduling information

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20180375555A1 (en) * 2015-11-18 2018-12-27 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and device for transmitting and receiving channel state information in mobile communication system
US20190181939A1 (en) * 2017-12-09 2019-06-13 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Channel Measurement Method And User Equipment
CN111867078A (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-10-30 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Uplink signal transmission method, scheduling information determination method and related equipment
CN112399403A (en) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-23 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method and device for determining uplink scheduling information

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117856838A (en) 2024-04-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7033205B2 (en) Data transmission method, base station and terminal
US11005550B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting downlink control information (DCI)
US20240080077A1 (en) Information reporting and receiving method, terminal device and network device
US11303328B2 (en) Communication method and apparatus, network device, terminal device, and system
US20230299919A1 (en) Signal transmission method, terminal and network device
EP4340499A1 (en) Information processing method and apparatus, and terminal and network device
WO2020107188A1 (en) Data processing method, device and storage medium
WO2024067346A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium
CN118784024A (en) Codebook indication method, codebook indication device and storage medium
WO2024067158A1 (en) Information determination method, apparatus, terminal and network device
WO2024169659A1 (en) Ptrs transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2024208353A1 (en) Ptrs transmission power determination method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2024066900A1 (en) Uplink transmission method, terminal, network device, apparatus, and storage medium
WO2024139264A1 (en) Beam indication method, apparatus, and device
EP4195568A1 (en) Information transmission method and device, and storage medium
WO2023202693A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, network device and terminal
EP4383891A1 (en) Resource indication method and apparatus, terminal, network side device, and storage medium
WO2024169693A1 (en) Signal transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2024099294A1 (en) Information determination method and apparatus, and readable storage medium
WO2023143086A1 (en) Signal transmission method, apparatus and storage medium
EP4319354A1 (en) Information reporting method, network side configuration method, apparatus, device and storage medium
US20240187996A1 (en) Uplink channel power control method, apparatus, network device and terminal
WO2024125199A1 (en) Beam indication method, device, apparatus, and storage medium
WO2024066983A1 (en) Channel state information reporting method, terminal, and network device
WO2023078429A1 (en) Srs transmission power determination method and apparatus, device, and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23870578

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1